1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes false
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1463 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1475 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1483 (TOC) that is described in section
1484 \begin_inset space ~
1488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1490 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1495 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1496 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1497 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1498 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1499 to the document, see section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1506 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1515 option sorts the current list, and the
1519 option keeps it in the current view state.
1520 Keeping means that when you have e.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 the subsections of section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 3, the subsections of section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1540 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1545 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1546 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1554 \begin_inset space \space{}
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/down.png
1561 groupId toolbarbuttons
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 \begin_inset space \space{}
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/up.png
1577 groupId toolbarbuttons
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1585 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1587 So you can for example move section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1600 arg "depth-decrement"
1606 arg "depth-increment"
1609 or the corresponding key bindings
1617 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1618 So you can for example make section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1637 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1640 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1641 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1642 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1643 go back to your last editing position.
1646 \begin_layout Section
1647 Input / Word Completion
1648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1650 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1655 \begin_inset Index idx
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_inset Index idx
1668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1702 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1703 is used to propose completions.
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1708 there are completions available.
1709 You can then press the
1713 key to use this completion.
1714 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1715 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1716 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1723 \begin_layout Standard
1724 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1726 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1731 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1734 by deselecting the option
1741 Automatic inline completion
1743 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1744 To accept this proposal, use the
1753 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1754 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1762 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1769 \begin_layout Section
1771 \begin_inset Index idx
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_inset Index idx
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_inset Index idx
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1848 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1849 LyX's default is CUA.
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1856 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1885 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1889 \begin_layout Labeling
1890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Tabulator key"
1903 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1904 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1905 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1911 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1918 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1922 , especially section
1923 \begin_inset space ~
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1929 reference "sub:Lists"
1935 If you're still confused, look in the
1942 \begin_layout Labeling
1943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1948 LatexCommand nomenclature
1950 description "Escape key"
1957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1964 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1965 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1968 \begin_layout Labeling
1969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1986 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1987 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1992 There are three modifier keys:
1995 \begin_layout Labeling
1996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2014 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2015 LatexCommand nomenclature
2017 description "Control key"
2021 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2022 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2026 \begin_layout Itemize
2035 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2038 \begin_layout Itemize
2047 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2050 \begin_layout Itemize
2059 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2063 \begin_layout Labeling
2064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2082 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2083 LatexCommand nomenclature
2085 description "Shift key"
2089 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2090 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2093 \begin_layout Labeling
2094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2113 LatexCommand nomenclature
2115 description "Alt or Meta key"
2119 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2120 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2121 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2127 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2129 menu accelerator keys
2132 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2133 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2138 For example, the sequence
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2145 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2198 \begin_layout Standard
2203 manual lists all other things bound to the
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2212 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2213 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2214 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2215 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2216 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2217 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2218 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2219 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 followed by a capital
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2250 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2253 as explained in sec.
2254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2260 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2267 \begin_layout Chapter
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Section
2283 \begin_inset Index idx
2286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2301 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2302 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2303 numbering schemes, and so on.
2304 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2305 and format the title of your document differently.
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2313 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2314 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2315 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2316 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2317 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2322 how to adjust their properties.
2325 \begin_layout Subsection
2327 \begin_inset Index idx
2330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2339 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 You can select a class using the
2349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2350 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 \begin_inset Index idx
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2364 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2377 \begin_layout Description
2378 Article for basic articles
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Report for basic reports
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Book for writing a book
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Letter for US-style letters
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2395 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2396 will include many of these.
2397 Here are some of the classes.
2398 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2400 Special Document Classes
2409 \begin_layout Description
2410 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2425 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2426 There are three article layouts available.
2427 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2428 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2429 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2430 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2435 sequential numbering
2436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2439 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2440 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2441 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2442 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Beamer Layout for presentations
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2451 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Foils Used to make transparencies
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2497 (Is used by this document.)
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2520 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2521 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2523 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 Slides Used to make transparencies
2530 \begin_layout Description
2532 \begin_inset space ~
2535 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2536 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2546 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2552 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2553 of the document classes.
2556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2562 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2563 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2564 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2565 You will probably find
2567 that many of the document classes listed under
2569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2570 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2572 \begin_inset Index idx
2575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2593 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2594 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2595 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2596 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2601 \begin_inset space ~
2610 receive a warning saying that
2611 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2612 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2614 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2615 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2619 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2623 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2626 that something is wrong.
2629 \begin_layout Standard
2631 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2633 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2637 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2638 and some of them, like
2642 , are highly specialized.
2644 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2647 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2648 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2649 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2650 by some document class.
2651 There are just too many of them.
2652 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2664 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2665 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2666 document class for a new file.
2667 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2672 Installing new LaTeX files
2673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2680 manual for information on how to install them.
2681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2688 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2689 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2691 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2692 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2693 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2695 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2698 \begin_inset space ~
2705 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2717 \begin_inset Index idx
2720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2729 \begin_layout Standard
2730 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2731 chosen document class.
2732 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2733 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2744 \begin_inset Index idx
2747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2754 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2758 \begin_layout Standard
2759 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2760 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2761 or file format converters
2763 that are not always installed by default.
2764 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2765 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2767 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2771 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2772 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2775 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2776 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2777 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2778 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2780 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2784 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2786 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2788 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2791 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2793 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2797 \begin_inset Index idx
2800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2801 Reconfiguration of LyX
2807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2810 Installing new LaTeX files
2811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2818 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2831 LyX will advise you about these things.
2839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Each class has a default set of options.
2845 Here's a quick table describing them:
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2857 \begin_inset Tabular
2858 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2859 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 \begin_layout Standard
3319 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 You're probably also wondering what
3327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3331 \begin_inset space ~
3335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3339 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3340 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3345 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3350 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3360 headings, there are also
3368 headings, and so on.
3369 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sub:Headings"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3392 \begin_inset Index idx
3395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3404 \begin_inset Index idx
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3419 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3430 \begin_inset space ~
3435 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3437 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3438 to use for your document.
3439 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3456 \begin_inset space ~
3461 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3462 You can choose between the following five options:
3465 \begin_layout Labeling
3466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3471 Use default page style of current class.
3474 \begin_layout Labeling
3475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3480 No page numbers or headings.
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3492 \begin_layout Labeling
3493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3498 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3499 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3500 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3503 \begin_layout Labeling
3504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3509 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3515 \begin_inset Index idx
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3519 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3525 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3526 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3528 Check the documentation for the
3532 package for more details,
3533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3547 of paragraphs is described in section
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3554 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3561 \begin_layout Subsection
3562 Paper Size and Orientation
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3567 Document ! Paper size
3573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3575 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3582 \begin_layout Standard
3583 You'll find the following options in the menu
3586 \begin_inset space ~
3591 of the dialog of the
3593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3599 \begin_inset Index idx
3602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3621 What size paper to print on.
3625 \begin_layout Itemize
3631 \begin_layout Itemize
3641 \begin_layout Itemize
3647 \begin_layout Itemize
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3659 \begin_layout Itemize
3665 \begin_layout Itemize
3671 \begin_layout Labeling
3672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3677 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3688 \begin_layout Labeling
3689 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3693 \begin_inset space ~
3698 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3699 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3711 \begin_inset Index idx
3714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3721 \begin_inset Index idx
3724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 Paper margins are set in the menu
3736 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3753 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3754 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3755 the paper format and the font size into account.
3758 \begin_layout Subsection
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3768 That includes the paragraph environments.
3769 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3770 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3771 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3772 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3781 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3783 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3784 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3785 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3788 \begin_layout Section
3789 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3790 \begin_inset Index idx
3793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 Paragraph ! Indentation
3802 \begin_layout Subsection
3804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3806 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3815 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3820 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3821 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3822 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3826 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3832 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3833 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3834 language than English.
3835 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3840 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3842 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3843 LyX takes care of that.
3844 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3846 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3847 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3848 of a page, and so on.
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3858 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3859 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3863 of these pre-coded spacings.
3864 We'll explain more later.
3867 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 Paragraph Separation
3869 \begin_inset Index idx
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Paragraph ! Separation
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 To separate paragraphs, select
3893 \begin_inset space ~
3900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3904 \begin_inset Index idx
3907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3913 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3914 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3915 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3930 \begin_inset space ~
3934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3936 reference "cap:Units"
3941 The default length is 30
3942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3958 \begin_inset space ~
3963 dialog and toggle the
3966 \begin_inset space ~
3971 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3974 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3978 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3979 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3985 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3990 \begin_inset Index idx
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3994 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4009 \begin_inset Index idx
4012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4021 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4024 \begin_inset space ~
4033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4034 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4043 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4048 installed to use this feature.
4056 \begin_layout Section
4057 Paragraph Environments
4058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4060 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4065 \begin_inset Index idx
4068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 Paragraph ! Environments
4075 \begin_inset Index idx
4078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4079 Paragraph environments|(
4087 \begin_layout Subsection
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4114 \begin_inset Newline newline
4117 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4118 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4119 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4128 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 A paragraph environment is simply a
4133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4140 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4141 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4142 scheme, labels, and so on.
4143 Additionally, you can
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4152 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4153 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4154 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4155 days of typewriters.
4156 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4158 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4163 \begin_inset Graphics
4164 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4170 at the left end of the toolbar.
4171 LyX will change the environment of the
4175 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4176 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4177 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4190 create a new paragraph using the
4194 paragraph environment.
4196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4203 because if you are in one of these environments:
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 \begin_layout Itemize
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4230 \begin_layout Itemize
4236 \begin_layout Itemize
4242 \begin_layout Itemize
4248 \begin_layout Standard
4249 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4253 , rather than resetting it to
4258 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4259 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4260 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4261 \begin_inset space ~
4265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4267 reference "sec:Nesting"
4272 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4277 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4278 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4282 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4288 \begin_layout Subsection
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 The default paragraph environment is
4298 It creates a plain paragraph.
4299 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4300 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4301 this manual) are in the
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4309 You can nest a paragraph using the
4313 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4321 \begin_layout Subsection
4323 \begin_inset Index idx
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4345 for thanks or contact information.
4346 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4347 page along with today's date.
4348 For other types of documents, the title
4349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4356 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4360 \begin_layout Standard
4361 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4375 Here's how you use them:
4378 \begin_layout Itemize
4379 Put the title of your document in the
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 Put the author name in the
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4396 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4402 Note that using this environment is optional.
4403 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4404 If you don't want any date, add the line
4405 \begin_inset Newline newline
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 to the preamble of your document (menu
4420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 You can use footnotes to insert
4428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4435 or contact information.
4438 \begin_layout Subsection
4440 \begin_inset Index idx
4443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4461 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4466 \begin_inset Index idx
4469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4470 Section headings ! Numbered
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4527 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4528 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4533 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4534 You group the book into chapters.
4535 LyX does similar grouping:
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 is divided in either
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4566 \begin_layout Itemize
4578 \begin_layout Itemize
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4623 Not all document types use the
4627 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4632 is the top-level heading.
4640 \begin_layout Standard
4645 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4646 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4648 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4662 \begin_inset Index idx
4665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4666 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4679 \begin_layout Enumerate
4685 \begin_layout Enumerate
4691 \begin_layout Enumerate
4697 \begin_layout Enumerate
4703 \begin_layout Enumerate
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4718 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4719 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4720 table of contents, see section
4721 \begin_inset space ~
4725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4735 Changing the Numbering
4736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4738 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4746 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4747 in the Table of Contents.
4748 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4750 Certain classes start with
4764 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4774 This is something you can change.
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4786 \begin_inset Index idx
4789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4809 you'll see two counters.
4814 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4816 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 Short Titles of Headings
4822 \begin_inset Index idx
4825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4826 Section headings ! Short titles
4832 \begin_inset Argument
4835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4844 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4851 \begin_layout Standard
4852 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4853 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4854 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4855 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4858 \begin_layout Standard
4859 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4860 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4861 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4862 To specify a short title, use the menu
4864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4866 \begin_inset space ~
4872 This will insert a box labeled
4873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4888 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4889 This also works for captions inside floats.
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4901 The following information applies to all section headings:
4904 \begin_layout Itemize
4905 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4920 \begin_layout Subsection
4921 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4925 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4939 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4940 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4941 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4942 the text they contain.
4943 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4951 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4964 when you start a new paragraph.
4965 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4969 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4970 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4971 to change back to the
4975 environment yourself.
4978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4995 \begin_inset Index idx
4998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5008 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5009 time for the differences.
5018 are identical except for one difference:
5022 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5031 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5034 \begin_layout Standard
5035 Here's an example of the
5048 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5050 See – no indentation!
5054 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5055 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5056 the other paragraph.
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 Here's another example, this time in the
5067 \begin_layout Quotation
5073 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5074 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5075 the first line, then
5079 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5083 you were quoting other text.
5086 \begin_layout Quotation
5087 Here's a new paragraph.
5088 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5089 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 As the examples show,
5097 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5098 They should put quotes in the
5103 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5107 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5116 \begin_inset Index idx
5119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5152 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5158 \begin_inset Newline newline
5161 Which I did not rehearse!
5165 It could be much worse.
5166 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5168 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5169 indented a bit more than the first.
5170 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5176 \begin_inset Newline newline
5179 And make things look fine
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5186 arg "newline-insert newline"
5192 \begin_layout Standard
5197 does not indent both margins.
5198 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5199 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5206 arg "newline-insert newline"
5212 \begin_layout Subsection
5214 \begin_inset Index idx
5217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5244 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5253 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5254 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5255 some general features of all four of them.
5258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5265 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5274 reset the environment to
5278 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5279 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5280 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5284 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5287 to break paragraphs.
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5292 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5294 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5295 you read all of section
5296 \begin_inset space ~
5300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5302 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_inset Index idx
5319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5336 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5340 paragraph environment.
5341 It has the following properties:
5344 \begin_layout Itemize
5345 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5349 \begin_layout Itemize
5350 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5358 \begin_layout Itemize
5359 The items can have any length.
5360 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5361 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5373 environment inside another
5377 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5382 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5391 \begin_inset space ~
5395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5397 reference "sec:Nesting"
5401 for a full explanation of nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5406 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5415 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5420 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 The label for the first level
5428 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 The label for the second level is a dash.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5447 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 Back out to the third level.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 Back to the second level.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 Back to the outermost level.
5461 \begin_layout Standard
5462 These are the default labels for an
5467 You can customize these labels in the
5469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5472 dialog in the submenu
5479 \begin_inset Index idx
5482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5493 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5495 \begin_inset space ~
5499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5501 reference "sec:Nesting"
5508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5514 \begin_inset Index idx
5517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5526 name "sec:Enumerate"
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5538 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5539 It has these properties:
5542 \begin_layout Enumerate
5543 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5552 \begin_layout Enumerate
5553 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 environment resets the counter to one.
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5579 Items can have any length.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5595 \begin_layout Standard
5604 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5605 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 The first level of an
5617 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 Back to the third level
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 Back to the second level.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 Back to the outermost level.
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5656 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5661 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5666 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 There is more to nesting
5675 environments than we've stated here.
5676 You should read section
5677 \begin_inset space ~
5681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5683 reference "sec:Nesting"
5687 to learn more about nesting.
5690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5696 \begin_inset Index idx
5699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5713 list has no fixed label.
5714 Instead, LyX uses the first
5715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5722 of the first line as the label.
5726 \begin_layout Description
5727 Example: This is an example of the
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5739 \begin_layout Standard
5741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5748 it is meant that the first hit of the
5752 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5754 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5762 arg "space-insert protected"
5767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5776 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5782 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5786 for more info.) Here is an example:
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 \begin_inset space ~
5794 Example: This one shows how to use a
5797 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_layout Description
5810 Usage: You should use the
5814 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5815 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5817 It's not a good idea to use a
5821 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5822 You're better off using
5834 paragraphs into them.
5837 \begin_layout Description
5838 Nesting: You can nest
5842 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5847 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5848 them from the first line.
5851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5857 \begin_inset Index idx
5860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5874 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5886 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5891 environment is named
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5912 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5913 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5916 \begin_layout Labeling
5917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5922 labels LyX uses the first
5923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5930 of each line as the item label.
5935 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5936 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5937 blank as described above.
5940 \begin_layout Labeling
5941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5942 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5943 the body of the item text.
5944 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5945 label width plus a little extra space.
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5955 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5957 If the label width is larger, the label
5958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5965 into the first line.
5966 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5967 margin of the rest of the item text.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5976 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5981 environment have the same left margin.
5982 \begin_inset Newline newline
5985 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6004 determines the default label width.
6005 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6014 multiple times instead.
6015 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6024 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6027 \begin_inset space ~
6032 every time you alter a label in a
6037 \begin_inset Newline newline
6040 The predefined default width is the length of
6041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6054 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6062 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6063 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6076 environment the same way like the
6080 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6086 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6097 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6105 reference "sec:Nesting"
6109 to learn about nesting.
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6113 There is yet another feature of the
6117 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6119 You can use additional
6123 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6128 are documented in section
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6135 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6140 Here are some examples:
6141 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6147 \begin_layout Labeling
6148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6149 Left The default for
6156 \begin_layout Labeling
6157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6158 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6165 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6168 \begin_layout Labeling
6169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6181 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6184 \begin_layout Subsection
6186 \begin_inset Index idx
6189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6223 \begin_inset space ~
6229 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6230 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6231 In contrast, you can use the
6238 \begin_inset space ~
6243 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6244 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 Of course, you're not limited to using
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6270 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6271 some European academic papers.
6274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6278 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6290 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6291 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6295 \begin_inset space ~
6300 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6301 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6302 Here's an example of each:
6305 \begin_layout Right Address
6307 \begin_inset Newline newline
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6318 When is it? What is today?
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6325 \begin_inset space ~
6331 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6332 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6333 Here's an example of the
6340 \begin_layout Address
6342 \begin_inset Newline newline
6345 Where do I send this
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Your post office and country
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6353 As you can see, both
6360 \begin_inset space ~
6365 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6370 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6376 This makes sense, since
6384 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6385 Thus, you have to use
6392 arg "newline-insert newline"
6398 \begin_inset space ~
6401 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6412 menu) to start a new line in an
6419 \begin_inset space ~
6427 \begin_layout Subsection
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6433 or list of references.
6434 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6441 \begin_inset Index idx
6444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6458 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6459 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6460 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6461 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6465 in anything else or vice versa.
6471 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6472 The book document classes ignores the
6476 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6480 in a letter document class.
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6488 environment does several things for you.
6489 First, it puts the centered label
6490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6498 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6500 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6501 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6502 the subsequent text.
6503 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6504 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6508 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6512 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6513 The new paragraph will still be in the
6518 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6519 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6523 \begin_inset Float figure
6528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6530 \begin_inset Graphics
6531 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset Caption
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6544 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6566 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6570 environment, but since this document is in the
6571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6578 class, we can't do this.
6579 We inserted it therefore as figure
6580 \begin_inset space ~
6584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6586 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6591 If you've never heard of an
6592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6599 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6608 \begin_inset Index idx
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6620 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6627 \begin_layout Standard
6632 environment is used to list references.
6633 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6634 only use it at the end of the document.
6639 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6643 When you first open a
6647 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6663 depending on the document class.
6664 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6665 Each paragraph of the
6669 environment is a bibliography entry.
6674 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6675 Each new paragraph is still in the
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6684 by using a BibTeX database.
6685 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6686 phy handling, have a look at in section
6687 \begin_inset space ~
6691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6693 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6700 \begin_layout Subsection
6704 \begin_inset Index idx
6707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6708 Paragraph ! LyX code
6714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6728 environment is another LyX extension.
6729 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6734 key as a fixed whitespace;
6738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_inset space ~
6755 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6760 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6761 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6764 arg "newline-insert newline"
6781 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6782 So, when you finish using the
6786 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6787 Also, you can nest the
6791 environment inside of others.
6794 \begin_layout Standard
6795 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6802 arg "newline-insert newline"
6805 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6810 \begin_inset space \space{}
6820 arg "newline-insert newline"
6826 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 arg "newline-insert newline"
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6853 \begin_layout Itemize
6857 arg "space-insert protected"
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6865 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6866 You must put at least one
6870 in any line you want blank.
6871 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6875 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6879 since that will insert
6884 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6887 arg "self-insert \""
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6897 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6914 printf("Hello World!
6919 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 This is just the standard
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6945 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6946 rc-files, and so on.
6947 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6948 as if you used a typewriter.
6949 \begin_inset Index idx
6952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6953 Paragraph environments|)
6961 \begin_layout Section
6962 Nesting Environments
6963 \begin_inset Index idx
6966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 Nesting ! Environments
6973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6982 \begin_layout Subsection
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6989 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6991 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6993 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7005 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7023 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7029 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7032 \begin_inset space ~
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7044 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7057 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7058 will tell you how far you are nested).
7059 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7062 arg "depth-increment"
7068 arg "depth-decrement"
7071 or the convenient key bindings
7082 arg "depth-increment"
7088 arg "depth-decrement"
7091 to change the nesting level.
7092 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7093 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7099 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7100 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7101 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7106 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7108 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7111 \begin_layout Subsection
7112 What You Can and Can't Nest
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7116 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7117 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7120 \begin_layout Standard
7121 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7122 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7123 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7126 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 Completely unnestable
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7142 environments have them:
7145 \begin_layout Description
7146 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7147 Can't nest into them.
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_layout Itemize
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 \begin_layout Description
7184 \begin_inset space ~
7187 Nestable You can nest them.
7188 You can nest other things into them.
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_layout Description
7242 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7243 You can't nest anything into them.
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7253 \begin_layout Itemize
7259 \begin_layout Itemize
7265 \begin_layout Itemize
7271 \begin_layout Itemize
7277 \begin_layout Itemize
7283 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Itemize
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_inset space ~
7335 \begin_layout Itemize
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7351 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7360 \begin_inset space ~
7364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7368 \begin_inset space \space{}
7371 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7372 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7373 section headings violate this.
7381 \begin_layout Subsection
7382 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7383 \begin_inset Index idx
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7395 \begin_layout Standard
7396 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7397 affected by nesting anyhow.
7401 \begin_layout Itemize
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 Figures and tables in
7427 are not affected by this.
7432 Have a look at section
7433 \begin_inset space ~
7437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7439 reference "sec:Floats"
7443 for more information about
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7451 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7452 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7456 \begin_layout Standard
7457 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 of its own, it behaves just like a
7466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7473 paragraph environment.
7474 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7478 \begin_layout Standard
7479 Here's an example with a table:
7482 \begin_layout Enumerate
7487 \begin_layout Enumerate
7488 This is (a) and it's nested.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7501 \begin_inset Tabular
7502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7503 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7590 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7599 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7603 \begin_layout Enumerate
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7611 \begin_layout Enumerate
7616 \begin_layout Enumerate
7617 This is (a) and it's nested.
7621 \begin_layout Standard
7622 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7628 \begin_layout Standard
7630 \begin_inset Tabular
7631 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7632 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7718 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7725 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7747 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7750 \begin_layout Enumerate
7755 \begin_layout Enumerate
7756 This is (a) and it's nested.
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7768 \begin_inset Tabular
7769 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7770 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7873 \begin_layout Enumerate
7877 \begin_layout Standard
7878 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7884 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7885 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7889 \begin_layout Subsection
7890 Usage and General Features
7893 \begin_layout Standard
7894 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7903 is the innermost possible depth.
7904 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7907 \begin_layout Enumerate
7908 level #1 – outermost
7912 \begin_layout Enumerate
7917 \begin_layout Enumerate
7922 \begin_layout Enumerate
7927 \begin_layout Itemize
7932 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7943 both of them in the example.
7944 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7954 For example, if we tried to nest another
7959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7966 , we would get errors.
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7971 \begin_inset Index idx
7974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7984 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7985 We have several examples of nested environments.
7986 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7991 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7994 \begin_layout Labeling
7995 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8005 \begin_layout Labeling
8006 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 #2-a This is level #2.
8008 We created it by using
8011 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8017 arg "depth-increment"
8024 \begin_layout Labeling
8025 \labelwidthstring MMM
8026 #3-a This is level #3.
8027 This time, we just hit
8034 arg "depth-increment"
8038 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8042 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8048 arg "depth-increment"
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8060 environment, nested inside of
8061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8069 So, it's at level #4.
8070 We did this by hitting
8073 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8079 arg "depth-increment"
8082 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8087 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8111 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8117 \begin_layout Labeling
8118 \labelwidthstring MMM
8119 #4-a This is level #4.
8123 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8126 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8131 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8135 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8140 keep nesting things inside
8141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 \begin_layout Labeling
8153 \labelwidthstring MMM
8154 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8159 \begin_layout Labeling
8160 \labelwidthstring MMM
8161 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8162 and this is level #6.
8163 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8167 \begin_layout Labeling
8168 \labelwidthstring MMM
8169 #5-b Back to level #5.
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-decrement"
8186 \begin_layout Labeling
8187 \labelwidthstring MMM
8191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8197 arg "depth-decrement"
8200 , we're back at level #4.
8204 \begin_layout Labeling
8205 \labelwidthstring MMM
8206 #3-b Back to level #3.
8207 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8211 \begin_layout Labeling
8212 \labelwidthstring MMM
8213 #2-b Back to level #2.
8218 \begin_layout Labeling
8219 \labelwidthstring MMM
8220 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8221 After this sentence, we'll hit
8225 and change the paragraph environment back to
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 We could have also used the
8249 environment in place of the
8254 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8258 Example 2: Inheritance
8261 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8262 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8274 arg "depth-increment"
8277 , after which, we'll change to the
8285 \begin_layout Enumerate
8290 environment, at level #2.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Notice how the nested
8298 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8302 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8307 We ended this example by hitting
8312 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8316 and reset the nesting depth by using
8319 arg "depth-decrement"
8325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8326 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8335 \begin_inset Argument
8338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8339 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8347 \begin_layout Enumerate
8348 This is level #1, in an
8352 paragraph environment.
8353 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8368 arg "depth-increment"
8372 Now, what happens if we nest an
8376 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8377 label be? An asterisk?
8381 \begin_layout Itemize
8391 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8392 So, its label is a bullet.
8393 (We got here by using
8396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8402 arg "depth-increment"
8405 , then changing the environment to
8413 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 Here's level #4, produced using
8417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8423 arg "depth-increment"
8427 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8432 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8435 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8440 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8444 , because we are in the
8453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8477 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8478 type of numbering does LyX use?
8481 \begin_layout Enumerate
8482 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8485 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8488 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8495 arg "depth-decrement"
8498 to decrease the depth after the next
8501 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8510 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8514 \begin_layout Enumerate
8516 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8517 numeral as the label.Why?
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8521 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8530 Notice, however, that LyX
8534 reset the counter for the label.
8538 \begin_layout Enumerate
8542 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8548 arg "depth-decrement"
8551 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8552 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8553 into the twofold-nested
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8562 The same thing happens if we do another
8565 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8571 arg "depth-decrement"
8574 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8583 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8597 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8603 The same rule applies for the
8607 environment, as well.
8610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8611 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8616 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8617 same detail with how we did it.
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8634 arg "depth-increment"
8641 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8642 example in parentheses someplace.
8643 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8644 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8645 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8659 Now we'll add verse.
8660 \begin_inset Newline newline
8663 It will get much worse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8674 arg "depth-increment"
8685 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8686 \begin_inset Newline newline
8689 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8696 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8710 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8716 \begin_layout Standard
8718 \begin_inset Tabular
8719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8720 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8811 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8821 arg "depth-increment"
8827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8837 arg "depth-decrement"
8844 \begin_layout Enumerate
8849 : level #1) This is another item.
8850 Note that selecting a
8854 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8855 3 times to put the table inside the
8863 \begin_layout Quotation
8864 We're now ending the
8868 list and changing to
8873 We're still at level #1.
8874 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8875 The next set of paragraphs is a
8876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8890 \begin_inset space ~
8895 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8899 for the letter body.
8903 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8906 to preserve the depth.
8907 Remember that you need to use
8910 arg "newline-insert newline"
8913 to create multiple lines inside the
8920 \begin_inset space ~
8930 \begin_layout Right Address
8932 \begin_inset Newline newline
8935 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8942 \begin_layout Address
8944 \begin_inset space ~
8950 \begin_layout Quotation
8951 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8955 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8956 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8957 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8958 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8959 as soon as possible.
8960 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8963 \begin_layout Quotation
8964 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8965 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8966 with your order, along with payment.
8969 \begin_layout Quotation
8970 We thank you again for your patience.
8973 \begin_layout Address
8975 \begin_inset Newline newline
8982 \begin_layout Quotation
8983 That ends that example!
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8988 just a few keystrokes.
8989 We could have easily nested an
9010 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9013 \begin_layout Section
9014 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9015 \begin_inset Index idx
9018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9027 \begin_layout Standard
9028 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9029 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9030 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9031 be broken at the end of a line.
9032 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9060 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9064 Further documentation is given in section
9065 \begin_inset Newline newline
9069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9071 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9095 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9104 A protected space is set with
9106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9107 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9121 arg "space-insert protected"
9127 \begin_layout Subsection
9129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9131 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9136 \begin_inset Index idx
9139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9140 Spacing ! Horizontal
9148 \begin_layout Standard
9149 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 The length units are listed in Appendix
9157 \begin_inset space ~
9161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9163 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9174 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9179 \begin_inset Index idx
9182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9191 \begin_layout Standard
9193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9197 \begin_inset space \space{}
9200 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9201 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9202 \begin_inset space ~
9206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9208 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9213 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9214 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9217 arg "space-insert normal"
9223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9227 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9232 \begin_inset Index idx
9235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9244 \begin_layout Standard
9246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9253 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9262 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9263 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9264 inside abbreviations:
9269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9273 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 or between values and units.
9278 Compare for example this:
9279 \begin_inset Newline newline
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9287 \begin_inset Newline newline
9293 \begin_layout Standard
9294 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9307 arg "space-insert thin"
9313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9317 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9328 \begin_layout Description
9330 \begin_inset space ~
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9342 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9346 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9349 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9352 \begin_layout Description
9354 \begin_inset space ~
9358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9366 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9370 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 em) space between the arrows.
9380 \begin_layout Description
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9390 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9394 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9398 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9409 em) space between the arrows.
9412 \begin_layout Description
9414 \begin_inset space ~
9418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9422 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9426 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9430 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9434 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9441 em) space between the arrows.
9444 \begin_layout Description
9446 \begin_inset space ~
9450 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9454 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9459 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 cm space between the arrows.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9471 \begin_inset space ~
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9477 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9481 lists the different space sizes.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9485 \begin_inset Float table
9490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_inset Caption
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9497 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9501 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset Tabular
9512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9513 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9738 \begin_inset Index idx
9741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9751 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9752 in a uniform fashion.
9753 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9754 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9755 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9756 equally between themselves.
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9761 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9766 This is on the left side
9767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9770 This is on the right
9776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9789 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 That was an example in the
9810 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9821 is one in a standard paragraph.
9822 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9826 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9833 \begin_inset space ~
9838 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9843 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9855 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9859 \begin_inset space ~
9865 \begin_layout Standard
9867 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9871 \begin_inset space ~
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9879 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9883 \begin_inset space ~
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9922 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9926 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9927 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9928 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9932 option in the space dialog.
9940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9942 \begin_inset Index idx
9945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9955 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9961 \begin_inset space \space{}
9964 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9968 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9971 What is correct English?:
9972 \begin_inset Newline newline
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9983 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9984 \begin_inset Newline newline
9988 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 \begin_inset Newline newline
10003 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10014 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10021 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10026 \begin_inset space ~
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10038 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10041 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset space ~
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10062 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10072 That is why it is named
10073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10081 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10082 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10086 \begin_layout Subsection
10088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10090 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10095 \begin_inset Index idx
10098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10107 \begin_layout Standard
10108 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 \begin_inset space ~
10119 There you find the following sizes:
10122 \begin_layout Standard
10135 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10140 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 \begin_inset Index idx
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10150 Document ! Settings
10155 for the paragraph separation.
10156 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10167 \begin_layout Standard
10173 \begin_inset Index idx
10176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10182 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10183 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10185 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10186 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10195 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10204 s are described in section
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10211 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10220 If there are several
10224 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10225 You can therefore use
10229 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10237 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10244 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10262 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10263 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10275 \begin_layout Subsection
10276 Paragraph Alignment
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10280 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 There are five possibilities:
10289 \begin_layout Itemize
10297 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10303 \begin_layout Itemize
10311 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10317 \begin_layout Itemize
10325 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10331 \begin_layout Itemize
10339 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10345 \begin_layout Itemize
10353 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10362 the left and right margins.
10363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10366 \begin_layout Standard
10368 This paragraph is right aligned,
10371 \begin_layout Standard
10373 this one is centered,
10376 \begin_layout Standard
10378 this one is left aligned.
10381 \begin_layout Subsection
10383 \begin_inset Index idx
10386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 Page breaks ! Forced
10393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10395 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10404 can force a page break where you want one.
10405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10406 Only if you use a lot of
10410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10419 have to change the page breaking.
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10430 \begin_inset space ~
10436 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10446 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10448 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10449 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10452 \begin_layout Standard
10453 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10454 at the top of a page.
10455 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10456 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10457 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10458 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10462 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10466 to learn more about
10473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10477 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10482 \begin_inset Index idx
10485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10486 Page breaks ! Clear
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10496 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10497 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10498 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10499 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10508 \begin_inset space ~
10514 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10519 \begin_inset space ~
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10528 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10529 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10532 \begin_layout Subsection
10534 \begin_inset Index idx
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10546 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10554 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10556 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10573 arg "newline-insert newline"
10577 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10580 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10591 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10593 This is necessary to avoid
10594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10601 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10605 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10606 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10607 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10608 set a line break, e.
10609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10613 \begin_inset space \space{}
10616 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10617 \begin_inset space ~
10621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10623 reference "sec:Quote"
10628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10630 reference "sec:Verse"
10635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10637 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10644 \begin_layout Subsection
10646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10648 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10653 \begin_inset Index idx
10656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10667 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10682 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10689 you can insert horizontal lines.
10690 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10691 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10707 \begin_layout Standard
10711 \begin_layout Section
10712 Characters and Symbols
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10717 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10722 \begin_inset space \space{}
10725 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10733 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10737 for information on how this is done.
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10741 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10746 dialog via the menu
10748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10749 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10764 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10765 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10766 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10774 \begin_layout Section
10775 Fonts and Text Styles
10776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10778 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10785 \begin_layout Subsection
10787 \begin_inset Index idx
10790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 There are two types of fonts:
10803 \begin_layout Description
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10809 \begin_inset Index idx
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10818 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10823 characters) in the font.
10824 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10825 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10826 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10827 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10828 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10829 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10830 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10831 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10835 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10836 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10837 sizes than at small ones.
10838 \begin_inset Newline newline
10852 \begin_inset space ~
10860 \begin_layout Description
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset Index idx
10869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10876 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10877 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10878 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10879 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10880 picture manipulation program.
10881 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10882 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10883 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10884 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10885 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10887 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10888 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10889 \begin_inset Newline newline
10892 Bitmap fonts are named
10895 \begin_inset space ~
10900 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10903 \begin_layout Standard
10904 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10905 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10906 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10907 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10908 use scalable fonts.
10911 \begin_layout Standard
10912 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10913 its document properties.
10916 \begin_layout Standard
10917 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10918 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10919 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10920 font to emphasize text, you use an
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10930 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10934 \begin_layout Subsection
10936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10938 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10945 \begin_layout Standard
10946 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10947 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10948 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10950 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10951 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10952 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10953 to usual word processors.
10954 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10955 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10956 across different machines.
10957 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10958 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10960 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10962 \begin_inset space ~
10966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10968 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10973 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10974 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10978 \begin_layout Standard
10979 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10980 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10981 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10982 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10983 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10984 that is installed on your system.
10985 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10988 \begin_layout Standard
10989 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10997 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10998 es; so you might have to experiment.
11006 \begin_layout Standard
11007 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11015 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11016 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11024 \begin_layout Subsection
11025 Document Font and Font size
11026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11028 name "sub:Document-Font"
11033 \begin_inset Index idx
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 \begin_inset Index idx
11046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11055 \begin_layout Standard
11056 You can set the document fonts in the
11058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11062 \begin_inset Index idx
11065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11066 Document ! Settings
11076 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11077 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11080 \begin_inset space ~
11089 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11090 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11111 This requires that you use
11117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11156 as output format, i.
11157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11161 \begin_inset space ~
11164 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11171 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11176 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11178 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11180 \begin_inset space ~
11183 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11184 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11185 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11187 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11191 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11196 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11201 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11202 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11224 European Computer Modern
11227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11246 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11247 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11252 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11255 \begin_inset space ~
11260 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11266 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11267 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11270 \begin_layout Itemize
11279 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11293 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11297 as the default font.
11298 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11299 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11312 One difference is improved kerning for the
11324 \begin_layout Itemize
11333 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11337 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11352 Virtual means that it
11353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11364 -glyphs from other fonts.
11365 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11387 Loading the LaTeX-package
11392 \begin_inset Index idx
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11396 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11401 with the document preamble line
11402 \begin_inset Newline newline
11409 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11410 \begin_inset Newline newline
11415 will fix the guillemet problem.
11420 and that accented characters are not
11424 glyph, but build of
11428 characters, the accent and the letter.
11429 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11435 If you search for example for the French word
11436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11443 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11452 and not for the glyph
11453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11467 \begin_layout Itemize
11468 If you do not like the look of
11476 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11481 \begin_inset space ~
11495 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11499 serif and typewriter fonts
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11516 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11529 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11543 , but you can also select your own.
11544 \begin_inset Newline newline
11547 The differences between roman,
11550 \begin_inset space ~
11559 fonts are explained in section
11560 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11566 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11571 \begin_inset Newline newline
11578 was originally designed for newspapers.
11579 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11580 into the small newspaper columns.
11585 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11586 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11589 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11602 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11607 depends on the class you are using.
11608 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 Note that the font size is the
11617 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11618 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11619 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11622 \begin_inset space ~
11628 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11629 \begin_inset space ~
11633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11635 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11642 \begin_layout Standard
11647 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11649 \begin_inset space ~
11652 serif or typewriter.
11657 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11667 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11700 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11705 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11706 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11713 \begin_layout Standard
11714 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11716 Use Old Style Figures
11720 Use True Small Caps
11723 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11726 Use Old Style Figures
11728 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11734 \begin_inset space ~
11737 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11740 Use True Small Caps
11742 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11743 of scaled capitals.
11744 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11745 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11753 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11754 a font to display the script characters.
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11759 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11764 So this has no effect for the document language
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11785 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11793 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11797 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11798 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11799 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11804 dialog, see section
11805 \begin_inset space ~
11809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11811 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11823 \begin_layout Subsection
11824 Using Different Character Styles
11825 \begin_inset Index idx
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 \begin_inset Index idx
11838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 \begin_layout Standard
11848 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11849 certain paragraph environments.
11850 LyX supports two character styles,
11859 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11863 \begin_layout Standard
11868 style, do one of the following:
11871 \begin_layout Itemize
11872 click on the toolbar button
11881 \begin_layout Itemize
11882 use the key binding
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 These commands are all toggles.
11897 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11900 \begin_layout Standard
11901 One typically uses the
11905 style for proper names.
11907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 is the original author of LyX.
11915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11921 \begin_layout Standard
11922 A more widely used character style is the
11927 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11934 \begin_layout Itemize
11935 clicking on the toolbar button
11944 \begin_layout Itemize
11945 using the keybindings
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11959 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11960 es use a different font.
11963 \begin_layout Standard
11964 We've been using the
11968 style all over the place in this document.
11969 Here's one more example:
11972 \begin_layout Quotation
11975 Don't overuse character styles!
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11979 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11980 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11981 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11982 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11986 \begin_layout Standard
11987 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12005 \begin_layout Subsection
12006 Fine-Tuning with the
12011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12013 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12018 \begin_inset Index idx
12021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12032 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12033 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12034 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12035 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12036 from ordinary dialog.
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12041 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12042 \begin_inset Newline newline
12045 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12046 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12050 To use custom character styles, open the
12052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12054 \begin_inset space ~
12060 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12061 font property which you can choose.
12062 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12065 \begin_inset space ~
12070 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12075 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12076 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12077 environments in a snap.
12080 \begin_layout Standard
12081 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12084 \begin_inset space ~
12096 \begin_layout Labeling
12097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 The possible options are:
12115 \begin_layout Labeling
12116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12121 This is the Roman font family.
12122 Normally a serif font.
12123 It's also the default family.
12133 \begin_layout Labeling
12134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12138 \begin_inset space ~
12145 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12157 \begin_layout Labeling
12158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12165 This is the Typewriter font family.
12171 arg "font-typewriter"
12180 \begin_layout Labeling
12181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12186 This corresponds to the print weight.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 This is the Medium font series.
12198 It's also the default series.
12201 \begin_layout Labeling
12202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12209 This is the Bold font series.
12222 \begin_layout Labeling
12223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12228 As the name implies.
12233 \begin_layout Labeling
12234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12239 This is the Upright font shape.
12240 It's also the default shape.
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12258 s the Italic font shape
12264 \begin_layout Labeling
12265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12272 This is the Slanted font shape
12274 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12277 \begin_layout Labeling
12278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12289 This is the Small caps font shape
12296 \begin_layout Labeling
12297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12302 Alters the size of the font.
12303 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12304 nal to the document font size.
12305 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12306 what you want to do.
12311 \begin_layout Labeling
12312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 arg "font-size tiny"
12339 \begin_layout Labeling
12340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12361 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12367 \begin_layout Labeling
12368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12389 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12395 \begin_layout Labeling
12396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12417 arg "font-size small"
12423 \begin_layout Labeling
12424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12438 It's also the default size.
12442 arg "font-size normal"
12448 \begin_layout Labeling
12449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 arg "font-size large"
12476 \begin_layout Labeling
12477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12498 arg "font-size larger"
12504 \begin_layout Labeling
12505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 arg "font-size largest"
12532 \begin_layout Labeling
12533 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12554 arg "font-size huge"
12560 \begin_layout Labeling
12561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12582 arg "font-size giant"
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12594 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12595 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12596 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12597 — use that instead.
12598 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12601 \begin_layout Labeling
12602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12607 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12612 \begin_layout Labeling
12613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12620 This is text with emphasize on
12623 This might seem like the same as
12627 , but it is actually a bit different.
12633 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12635 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12638 \begin_layout Labeling
12639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12646 This is text with Underbar on.
12652 arg "font-underline"
12658 \begin_inset Newline newline
12663 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12664 when you couldn't change fonts.
12665 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12666 It's only included in LyX because some people
12670 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12673 \begin_layout Labeling
12674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12681 This is text with Noun on.
12688 , this is a logical attribute.
12689 Normally it's equivalent to
12692 \begin_inset space ~
12701 \begin_layout Labeling
12702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12707 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12708 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12712 \begin_inset space ~
12717 , which is the default
12718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12725 and means normally black, you can choose between
12758 \begin_inset Index idx
12761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 \begin_layout Labeling
12771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12776 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12777 the language of the document.
12778 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12784 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12786 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12788 \begin_inset space ~
12793 dialog, the settings are saved.
12794 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12797 arg "textstyle-apply"
12801 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12802 when the dialog isn't visible.
12806 \begin_layout Standard
12807 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12814 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12815 (suppose you just set the shape to
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 \begin_inset space ~
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12855 \begin_inset space ~
12867 \begin_layout Itemize
12873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 \begin_inset Newline newline
12902 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12916 \begin_inset Note Note
12919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12920 For more on phantoms see section
12921 \begin_inset space ~
12925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12927 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12937 \begin_inset Newline newline
12943 \begin_layout Itemize
12948 fonts use characters with serifs.
12949 These are the small
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12958 The following example will show the difference:
12959 \begin_inset Newline newline
12963 \begin_inset Newline newline
12968 text without serifs
12971 \begin_inset Newline newline
12974 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12975 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12982 \begin_layout Itemize
12988 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12989 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12994 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12997 \begin_layout Section
12998 Printing and Previewing
13001 \begin_layout Subsection
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13007 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13008 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13009 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13010 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13012 Additional Features
13017 \begin_layout Standard
13018 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13019 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13020 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13021 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13022 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13023 This happens in two stages:
13026 \begin_layout Enumerate
13027 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13028 generating a file with the extension,
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 \begin_layout Enumerate
13044 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13048 file to produce printable output.
13052 \begin_layout Subsection
13053 Output file formats
13054 \begin_inset Index idx
13057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13066 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13074 Simple text (ASCII)
13075 \begin_inset Index idx
13078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13079 File formats ! ASCII
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 This file type has the extension
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13101 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13105 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13116 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13118 \begin_inset space ~
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13126 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 \begin_inset space ~
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13138 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13142 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13144 \begin_inset Index idx
13147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13148 File formats ! LaTeX
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 This file type has the extension
13158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13169 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13171 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13172 it manually with console commands.
13173 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13174 you view or export your document.
13177 \begin_layout Standard
13178 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13180 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13181 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13200 \begin_inset Index idx
13203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13212 \begin_layout Standard
13213 This file type has the extension
13214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13234 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13235 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13236 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13242 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13243 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13244 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13246 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13250 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13253 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13258 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13259 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13261 \begin_inset space ~
13268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13278 The latter option uses the program
13287 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13288 font access (see section
13289 \begin_inset space ~
13293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13295 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13300 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13306 \begin_inset Index idx
13309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13310 File formats ! PostScript
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 This file type has the extension
13320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13332 PostScript was developed by the company
13336 as a printer language.
13337 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13339 PostScript can be seen as a
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13343 programming language
13344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13347 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13352 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13358 \begin_inset Index idx
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13372 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 Encapsulated PostScript
13381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13384 (EPS, file extension
13385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13397 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13398 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13403 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13407 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13408 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13409 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13410 EPS to avoid this problem.
13413 \begin_layout Standard
13414 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13417 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13425 \begin_inset Index idx
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13435 \begin_inset Index idx
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Standard
13448 This file type has the extension
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 Portable Document Format
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13473 was derived from PostScript.
13474 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13483 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13484 looks exactly the same.
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13492 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 (JPG, file extension
13497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13524 Portable Network Graphics
13525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13528 (PNG, file extension
13529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13541 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13542 in the background to one of these formats.
13543 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13544 will slow down your workflow.
13545 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13548 \begin_layout Standard
13549 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13551 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13554 in three different ways:
13557 \begin_layout Description
13558 PDF This uses the program
13562 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13563 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13567 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13568 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13571 \begin_layout Description
13573 \begin_inset space ~
13576 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13580 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13584 \begin_layout Description
13586 \begin_inset space ~
13589 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13593 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13596 \begin_layout Description
13598 \begin_inset space ~
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13612 X) This uses the program
13616 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13621 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13622 font access (see section
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13629 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13634 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13637 \begin_layout Description
13639 \begin_inset space ~
13646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 X) This uses the program
13657 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13662 is an even newer engine, derived from
13666 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13667 access (see section
13668 \begin_inset space ~
13672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13674 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13679 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13683 \begin_layout Standard
13684 We recommend to use
13687 \begin_inset space ~
13696 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13697 works without problems.
13698 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13699 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13703 \begin_inset space ~
13710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13738 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13748 \begin_inset Index idx
13751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13752 FileFormats ! XHTML
13758 \begin_inset Index idx
13761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 This file type has the extension
13772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13784 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13785 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13786 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13787 suitable for the purpose.
13788 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13789 it, but not all do.
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 XHTML output remains
13794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13801 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 LyX and the World Wide Web
13807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13812 Additional Features
13814 manual, for more information.
13817 \begin_layout Standard
13818 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13820 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13821 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13827 \begin_layout Subsection
13829 \begin_inset Index idx
13832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13841 \begin_layout Standard
13842 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
13843 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13848 and choose a file type.
13849 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13852 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13855 you can use the toolbar button
13856 \begin_inset Graphics
13857 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13859 groupId toolbarbuttons
13866 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13871 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13873 \begin_inset space ~
13879 \begin_inset Graphics
13880 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13882 groupId toolbarbuttons
13888 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13892 \begin_inset Graphics
13893 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13895 groupId toolbarbuttons
13902 arg "buffer-view ps"
13908 \begin_layout Standard
13909 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13910 viewer window using the menu
13912 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13919 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13921 To have a real output, export your document.
13924 \begin_layout Subsection
13925 Printing the File from within LyX
13926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13928 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13936 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13937 it directly from within LyX.
13938 To print a file, select the menu
13940 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13943 or click on the toolbar button
13946 arg "dialog-show print"
13950 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13951 This file is then processed by the program
13955 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13960 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13965 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13966 printing one set to print on the other side.
13967 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13968 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13969 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13973 You can set the parameters in the
13976 \begin_inset space ~
13984 \begin_layout Labeling
13985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13990 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Note that this printer name is for the program
14004 has to be configured for this printer name.
14005 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14006 \begin_inset space ~
14010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14012 reference "sub:Printer"
14021 The printer should understand PostScript.
14024 \begin_layout Labeling
14025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14030 The name of a file to print to.
14031 The output will be a PostScript file.
14032 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14036 \begin_layout Section
14037 A few Words about Typography
14038 \begin_inset Index idx
14041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14050 \begin_layout Subsection
14052 \begin_inset Index idx
14055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14064 \begin_layout Standard
14066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14077 character comes in four lengths: the
14089 , and the minus sign:
14090 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 \begin_inset Tabular
14098 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14099 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14100 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14101 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14102 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14103 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14132 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14199 \begin_inset space ~
14202 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14209 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14236 \begin_inset space ~
14239 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14260 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14294 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 character multiple times in a row.
14314 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14315 the final output, but not in LyX.
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14349 math mode and has a length of its own.
14350 Here are some examples of the
14351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_layout Enumerate
14366 line- and page-breaks
14367 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14377 \begin_layout Enumerate
14379 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14389 \begin_layout Enumerate
14390 Oh — there's a dash.
14391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14401 \begin_layout Enumerate
14402 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14416 \begin_layout Subsection
14418 \begin_inset Index idx
14421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14430 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14438 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14439 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14444 \begin_inset Index idx
14447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14448 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14453 following the rules of the document language
14457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14458 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14466 \begin_inset space ~
14470 \begin_inset space ~
14477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14488 \begin_layout Standard
14489 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14494 font and with unusual constructs, like
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14503 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14504 This is done with the menu
14506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14507 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14509 \begin_inset space ~
14515 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14516 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14520 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14521 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14531 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14539 as a hyphenation possibility.
14540 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14541 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14542 as described in section
14543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14546 Prevent Hyphenation
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 \begin_layout Subsection
14559 \begin_inset Index idx
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14572 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14575 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14584 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14585 LaTeX then adds the
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14589 appropriate amount of space
14590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14596 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14599 \begin_layout Standard
14600 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14601 not work in all cases.
14603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14615 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14618 \begin_layout Standard
14619 Here are some examples of
14623 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14626 \begin_layout Itemize
14631 \begin_layout Itemize
14636 \begin_layout Standard
14637 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14640 \begin_layout Itemize
14642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14646 this is too much space!
14649 \begin_layout Itemize
14654 \begin_layout Standard
14655 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14658 \begin_layout Standard
14659 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14662 \begin_layout Enumerate
14666 \begin_inset space ~
14671 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14672 \begin_inset space ~
14676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14678 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14683 \begin_inset Index idx
14686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14687 Spaces ! inter-word
14695 \begin_layout Enumerate
14699 \begin_inset space ~
14704 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14705 \begin_inset space ~
14709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14711 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14716 \begin_inset Index idx
14719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 \begin_layout Enumerate
14732 \begin_inset space ~
14736 \begin_inset space ~
14740 \begin_inset space ~
14747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14749 \begin_inset space ~
14754 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14755 This function is also bound to
14758 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14765 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14768 \begin_layout Itemize
14770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14774 \begin_inset space \space{}
14777 this is too much space!
14780 \begin_layout Itemize
14781 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14785 \begin_layout Standard
14786 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14787 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14788 will take care of this.
14791 \begin_layout Standard
14792 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14801 feature described in section
14807 Additional Features
14812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14814 \begin_inset Index idx
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14818 Typography ! Quotes
14824 \begin_inset Index idx
14827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14858 \begin_layout Standard
14859 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14860 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14861 and use a closing quote at the end.
14863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14871 The keyboard character,
14875 , generates this automatically.
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 You can change the behavior of the
14883 key using the submenu
14889 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14893 \begin_inset Index idx
14896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14897 Document ! Settings
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14911 There are six choices:
14914 \begin_layout Labeling
14915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14927 Use quotes like this
14928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14936 \begin_inset Quotes els
14940 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14946 \begin_layout Labeling
14947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14950 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14954 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14960 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14964 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14968 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14974 \begin_layout Labeling
14975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14978 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14982 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14988 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14992 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14996 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15000 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15006 \begin_layout Labeling
15007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15010 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15014 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15020 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15024 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15028 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15032 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15038 \begin_layout Labeling
15039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15042 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15046 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15052 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15056 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15060 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15064 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15070 \begin_layout Labeling
15071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15074 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15078 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15084 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15088 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15092 \begin_inset Quotes als
15096 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15102 \begin_layout Standard
15103 These settings affect what character the
15110 \begin_layout Subsection
15112 \begin_inset Index idx
15115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 Typography ! Ligatures
15122 \begin_inset Index idx
15125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15156 name "sub:Ligatures"
15163 \begin_layout Standard
15164 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15165 print them as single characters.
15166 These groups are known as
15171 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15173 Here are the standard ligatures:
15176 \begin_layout Itemize
15180 \begin_layout Itemize
15184 \begin_layout Itemize
15188 \begin_layout Itemize
15192 \begin_layout Itemize
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15197 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15201 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15202 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15210 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15226 To break a ligature, use
15228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15229 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15231 \begin_inset space ~
15238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15249 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15266 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15274 \begin_layout Subsection
15276 \begin_inset Index idx
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15288 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15297 characters in different sizes and heights.
15298 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15299 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15319 \begin_inset Note Note
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15331 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15332 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15337 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15341 \begin_layout Description
15342 LyX The name of the game, write
15343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15364 \begin_layout Description
15365 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15387 \begin_layout Description
15388 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15410 \begin_layout Description
15411 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15434 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15439 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15447 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15448 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15449 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15452 : The actual version is
15453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15460 , the previous one was
15461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15471 \begin_layout Standard
15472 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15477 \begin_inset space \space{}
15480 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15482 This will look in LyX like:
15483 \begin_inset Graphics
15484 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15490 \begin_inset Newline newline
15493 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15494 \begin_inset space ~
15498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15507 \begin_layout Subsection
15509 \begin_inset Index idx
15512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15523 space between two words.
15524 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15534 for units use the menu
15536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15537 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15547 arg "space-insert thin"
15553 \begin_layout Standard
15554 Here's an example to show the differences:
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15558 \begin_inset Tabular
15559 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15560 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15561 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15562 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_inset space ~
15573 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15585 space between number and unit
15592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15601 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 half space between number and unit
15626 \begin_layout Subsection
15628 \begin_inset Index idx
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15641 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15643 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15644 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15645 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15646 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15647 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15648 These bits of text became known as
15659 \begin_layout Standard
15660 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15661 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15662 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15663 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15664 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15665 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15666 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15671 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15672 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15673 \begin_inset space ~
15677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15679 key "latexcompanion"
15684 \begin_inset space ~
15688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15694 ] may have more information.
15695 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15698 \begin_layout Chapter
15699 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15702 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15710 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15715 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15718 \begin_layout Section
15720 \begin_inset Index idx
15723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15739 \begin_layout Standard
15740 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15743 \begin_layout Description
15745 \begin_inset space ~
15748 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15749 \begin_inset Newline newline
15753 \begin_inset Note Note
15756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15757 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15765 \begin_layout Description
15766 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15767 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15769 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15770 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15771 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15774 \begin_inset Newline newline
15778 \begin_inset Note Comment
15781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15790 \begin_layout Description
15792 \begin_inset space ~
15795 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15796 \begin_inset Newline newline
15800 \begin_inset Newline newline
15804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15813 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15814 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15815 How this can be done is explained in the
15824 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15830 \begin_inset Newline newline
15834 \begin_inset Newline newline
15837 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15838 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15854 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15857 \begin_layout Section
15859 \begin_inset Index idx
15862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15871 name "sec:Footnotes"
15878 \begin_layout Standard
15879 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15885 or the toolbar button
15888 arg "footnote-insert"
15900 \begin_inset Graphics
15901 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15910 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15939 label, the box will
15943 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15944 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15957 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15974 Here's an example footnote:
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15993 position where the footnote box is placed.
15994 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15995 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15996 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15997 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15998 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16003 ey are described in the
16010 \begin_layout Section
16012 \begin_inset Index idx
16015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16024 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16031 \begin_layout Standard
16032 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16033 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16037 \begin_inset space ~
16042 or the toolbar button
16045 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16071 appearing within your text.
16072 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16081 \begin_layout Standard
16082 At the side is an example marginal note.
16086 \begin_inset Marginal
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16090 This is a marginal note.
16098 \begin_layout Standard
16099 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16100 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16101 pages, right on odd pages.
16104 \begin_layout Section
16105 Graphics and Images
16106 \begin_inset Index idx
16109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16116 \begin_inset Index idx
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16128 name "sec:Graphics"
16135 \begin_layout Standard
16136 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16137 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16140 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16149 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16153 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16158 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16159 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16161 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16162 \begin_inset space ~
16166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16168 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16180 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16181 of the image in the output.
16182 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16186 \begin_inset space ~
16190 \begin_inset space ~
16199 \begin_inset space ~
16203 \begin_inset space ~
16207 \begin_inset space ~
16212 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16213 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16224 LaTeX and LyX options
16226 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16227 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16231 \begin_inset space ~
16236 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16237 with the image size is printed.
16241 \begin_inset space ~
16245 \begin_inset space ~
16249 \begin_inset space ~
16254 is explained in the
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16266 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16267 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16269 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16275 \begin_inset Graphics
16276 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16285 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16286 the image into a float, see section
16287 \begin_inset space ~
16291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16293 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16300 \begin_layout Subsection
16302 \begin_inset Index idx
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16314 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16322 You can insert images in any known file format.
16323 But as we explained in section
16324 \begin_inset space ~
16328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16330 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16334 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16335 LyX uses therefore the program
16339 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16340 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16341 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16342 \begin_inset space ~
16346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16348 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16359 \begin_layout Description
16361 \begin_inset space ~
16364 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16365 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16366 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16370 Graphics Interchange Format
16371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16374 (GIF, file extension
16375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16387 \begin_inset Index idx
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 Portable Network Graphics
16423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16426 (PNG, file extension
16427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16439 \begin_inset Index idx
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16478 (JPG, file extension
16479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16503 \begin_inset Index idx
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_layout Description
16539 \begin_inset space ~
16542 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16544 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16545 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16546 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16547 \begin_inset Newline newline
16550 Scalable image formats can be
16551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16554 Scalable Vector Graphics
16555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16558 (SVG, file extension
16559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16571 \begin_inset Index idx
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16606 Encapsulated PostScript
16607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16610 (EPS, file extension
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16623 \begin_inset Index idx
16626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16658 Portable Document Format
16659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16662 (PDF, file extension
16663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16675 \begin_inset Index idx
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16686 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16687 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16701 \begin_layout Standard
16702 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16706 \begin_layout Subsection
16707 Grouping of Image Settings
16708 \begin_inset Index idx
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 Images ! Settings grouping
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16721 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16723 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16724 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16726 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16727 need to manually change each of them.
16731 \begin_layout Standard
16732 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16735 \begin_inset space ~
16740 field in the Graphics dialog.
16741 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16742 by checking the name of the desired group.
16745 \begin_layout Section
16747 \begin_inset Index idx
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16766 \begin_layout Standard
16767 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16768 \begin_inset Graphics
16769 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16771 groupId toolbarbuttons
16777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16781 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16782 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16783 from the rest of the table.
16784 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16785 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16787 Here's an example table:
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16792 \begin_inset Tabular
16793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16794 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 \begin_layout Subsection
17002 \begin_layout Standard
17003 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17004 brings up the table dialog.
17005 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17006 where the cursor is placed currently.
17007 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17008 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17009 done on all of your selection.
17012 \begin_layout Standard
17013 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17016 \begin_inset space ~
17021 helps you in setting table properties.
17022 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17025 \begin_layout Standard
17029 \begin_inset space ~
17034 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17035 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17036 current cell respectively.
17037 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17039 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17040 of text, see section
17041 \begin_inset space ~
17045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17047 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17054 \begin_layout Standard
17055 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17056 using the check box
17065 This will merge the cells to
17069 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17070 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17071 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17072 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17073 in the last row without the upper border:
17076 \begin_layout Standard
17078 \begin_inset Tabular
17079 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17080 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17082 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 \begin_layout Standard
17216 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17217 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17218 explained in the tables section of the
17221 \begin_inset space ~
17227 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17231 degrees counterclockwise.
17232 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17235 \begin_layout Standard
17236 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 Most DVI-viewers are
17248 able to display rotations.
17256 \begin_layout Standard
17261 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17266 adds lines for all cell borders.
17269 \begin_layout Subsection
17271 \begin_inset Index idx
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 Tables ! Longtables
17281 \begin_inset Index idx
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 \begin_layout Standard
17294 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17297 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17310 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17311 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17314 \begin_layout Description
17319 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17320 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17321 except for the first page, if
17324 \begin_inset space ~
17332 \begin_layout Description
17336 \begin_inset space ~
17341 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17342 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17345 \begin_layout Description
17350 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17351 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17352 except for the last page, if
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17363 \begin_layout Description
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17372 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17373 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17376 \begin_layout Description
17377 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17378 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17384 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17387 \begin_inset space ~
17395 \begin_layout Standard
17396 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17397 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17398 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17399 The others will then be defined as
17404 In this context, first means first in this order:
17407 \begin_inset space ~
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17425 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17428 \begin_layout Standard
17430 \begin_inset Tabular
17431 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17432 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17433 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17434 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17435 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17436 <row endfirsthead="true">
17437 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17448 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <row endfirsthead="true">
17468 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17488 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <row endhead="true">
17501 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <row endhead="true">
17532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <row endfoot="true">
17565 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <row endlastfoot="true">
19547 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 \begin_layout Subsection
19586 \begin_inset Index idx
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19598 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19605 \begin_layout Standard
19606 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19607 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19608 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19609 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19613 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19614 for the cell's paragraph.
19617 \begin_layout Standard
19618 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19619 for the column in the table dialog.
19620 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19621 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19625 \begin_layout Standard
19627 \begin_inset Tabular
19628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19631 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19632 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 This is longer now.
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19834 This is longer now.
19839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 \begin_layout Standard
19866 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19867 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19873 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19879 Selection with the mouse or with
19883 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19884 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19885 the selection from outside the table.
19888 \begin_layout Section
19890 \begin_inset Index idx
19893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19910 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19911 have a fixed location.
19913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19920 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19928 \begin_inset space ~
19933 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19934 too many notes on the page.
19937 \begin_layout Standard
19938 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19939 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19940 and pages without text.
19941 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19942 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19943 Floats are therefore numbered.
19944 Referencing is described in section
19945 \begin_inset space ~
19949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19951 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 To insert a float, use the menu
19961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19965 A box with a caption that has e.
19966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19970 \begin_inset space \space{}
19974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19978 \begin_inset space ~
19982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19985 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19986 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19988 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19989 \begin_inset Index idx
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19998 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19999 paragraph within the float.
20000 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20001 by left-clicking on the box label.
20002 A closed float box looks like this:
20003 \begin_inset Graphics
20004 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20009 – a gray button with a red label.
20012 \begin_layout Standard
20013 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20014 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20017 \begin_layout Subsection
20021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20023 \begin_inset Index idx
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 Floats ! Figure floats
20033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20035 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20042 \begin_layout Standard
20045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20046 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20049 inserts a float with the label
20050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20056 \begin_inset space ~
20062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20066 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20067 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20068 This is what we did for Figure
20069 \begin_inset space ~
20073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20075 reference "cap:Platypus"
20080 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20081 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20082 This was done in Figure
20083 \begin_inset space ~
20087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20089 reference "cap:Escher"
20096 \begin_layout Standard
20097 \begin_inset Float figure
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 \begin_inset Graphics
20105 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 \begin_inset Caption
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20119 name "cap:Platypus"
20123 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20136 \begin_layout Standard
20137 \begin_inset Float figure
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 \begin_inset Caption
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 \begin_inset Graphics
20164 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20178 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20180 As described in section
20181 \begin_inset space ~
20185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20187 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20191 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20196 and refer to it using the menu
20198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20202 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20211 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20223 \begin_layout Standard
20224 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20225 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20226 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20227 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20229 \begin_inset space ~
20233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20235 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20239 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20240 You can also set the images one below the other.
20242 \begin_inset space ~
20246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20248 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20255 reference "fig:Platypus"
20259 are the subfigures.
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20263 \begin_inset Float figure
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20273 \begin_inset Float figure
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 \begin_inset Caption
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20284 name "fig:Undefinable"
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 \begin_inset Graphics
20298 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20309 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20313 \begin_inset Float figure
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset Caption
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20324 name "fig:Platypus"
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 \begin_inset Graphics
20338 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20350 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20357 \begin_inset Caption
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20362 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20366 Two distorted images.
20379 \begin_layout Standard
20380 Note that the caption is added to the
20383 \begin_inset space ~
20387 \begin_inset space ~
20392 as described in section
20393 \begin_inset space ~
20397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20399 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20408 \begin_inset Index idx
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 Floats ! Table floats
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20424 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20428 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20437 reference "cap:Table-float"
20441 is an example of a table float.
20444 \begin_layout Standard
20445 \begin_inset Float table
20450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 \begin_inset Caption
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20456 name "cap:Table-float"
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20470 \begin_inset Tabular
20471 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20472 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20602 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20623 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20626 \end{array}\right]$
20634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20668 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20670 \begin_inset Index idx
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20682 \begin_layout Standard
20683 This float type is inserted with the menu
20685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20686 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20690 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20691 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20695 , described in section
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20702 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20718 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20724 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20732 floatname{algorithm}{your
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20740 to the document preamble (menu
20742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20749 \begin_inset space ~
20755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20771 \begin_inset Index idx
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20775 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20784 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 \begin_inset Graphics
20793 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 \begin_inset Caption
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20807 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20811 This is a wrapped figure.
20812 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20825 This float type is used if you want to
20826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20833 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20835 It can be inserted using the menu
20837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20838 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20840 \begin_inset space ~
20845 if the LaTeX-package
20850 \begin_inset Index idx
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20854 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20867 \begin_inset space ~
20877 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20880 \begin_inset space ~
20884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20886 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20890 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20899 Available units are explained in Appendix
20900 \begin_inset space ~
20904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20906 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20915 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20933 \begin_inset space \space{}
20936 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20937 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20946 \begin_layout Itemize
20947 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20948 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20949 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20950 page breaks will appear.
20953 \begin_layout Itemize
20954 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20955 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20958 \begin_layout Itemize
20959 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20960 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20963 \begin_layout Itemize
20964 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20967 \begin_layout Subsection
20969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20971 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20976 \begin_inset Index idx
20979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20990 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20994 \begin_inset space ~
21002 \begin_layout Standard
21003 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21004 have a multicolumn document).
21005 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21008 \begin_inset space ~
21014 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21015 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21024 format is also the same: Table
21025 \begin_inset space ~
21029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21031 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21035 is an example of a rotated table float.
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21047 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21056 \begin_inset Float table
21061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21062 \begin_inset Caption
21064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21067 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 \begin_inset Tabular
21082 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21083 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 \begin_layout Subsection
21150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21152 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21157 \begin_inset Index idx
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21170 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21171 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21172 \begin_inset Newline newline
21178 \begin_inset space ~
21183 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21184 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21185 \begin_inset Newline newline
21191 \begin_inset space ~
21196 is used to rotate floats, see section
21197 \begin_inset space ~
21201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21203 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21210 \begin_layout Standard
21211 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21212 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21215 \begin_inset space ~
21219 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_layout Description
21229 \begin_inset space ~
21233 \begin_inset space ~
21236 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21239 \begin_layout Description
21241 \begin_inset space ~
21245 \begin_inset space ~
21248 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21251 \begin_layout Description
21253 \begin_inset space ~
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21260 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21263 \begin_layout Description
21265 \begin_inset space ~
21269 \begin_inset space ~
21272 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21276 The order of the above option is
21281 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21285 \begin_inset space ~
21289 \begin_inset space ~
21297 \begin_inset space ~
21301 \begin_inset space ~
21306 , and then the others.
21307 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21309 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21310 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21313 \begin_layout Standard
21314 By default, each option has its own rules:
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21321 \begin_inset space ~
21325 \begin_inset space ~
21330 only floats occupying less than 70
21331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21334 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21337 \begin_layout Standard
21341 \begin_inset space ~
21345 \begin_inset space ~
21350 : only floats occupying less than 30
21351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21354 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21357 \begin_layout Standard
21361 \begin_inset space ~
21365 \begin_inset space ~
21370 : only if more than 50
21371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21374 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21383 \begin_inset space ~
21387 \begin_inset space ~
21395 \begin_layout Standard
21396 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21397 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21398 For this case you can use the option
21401 \begin_inset space ~
21407 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21409 Because the float is then no longer able to
21410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21417 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21421 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21422 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21426 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21430 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21437 \begin_layout Section
21439 \begin_inset Index idx
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21451 name "sec:Minipages"
21458 \begin_layout Standard
21459 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21461 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21462 \begin_inset space ~
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21470 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21476 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21477 and its alignment within the page.
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21482 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21492 height_special "totalheight"
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 This is a minipage.
21499 The text is set in an italic style.
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21505 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21506 another formatting.
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21515 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21518 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21522 as described in section
21523 \begin_inset space ~
21527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21529 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21534 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21540 \begin_layout Standard
21541 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21551 height_special "totalheight"
21554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21556 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21566 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21576 height_special "totalheight"
21579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21581 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21597 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21598 to other box types.
21599 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21610 \begin_layout Chapter
21611 Mathematical Formulas
21612 \begin_inset Index idx
21615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21622 \begin_inset Index idx
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21656 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21664 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21669 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21672 \begin_layout Section
21674 \begin_inset Index idx
21677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 \begin_layout Standard
21687 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21694 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21696 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21697 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21698 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21716 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21720 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21721 line, like this one:
21724 \begin_layout Standard
21725 This is a line with an inline formula
21726 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21733 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21735 \begin_inset Formula
21742 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21745 \begin_layout Standard
21746 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21752 \begin_inset space \space{}
21756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21769 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21770 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21774 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21777 \begin_inset space ~
21785 \begin_layout Subsection
21786 Navigating in Formulas
21787 \begin_inset Index idx
21790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21801 achieved with the arrow keys.
21802 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21803 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21808 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21809 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21813 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21817 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21820 \end{array}\right]$
21828 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21833 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21834 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21842 , printed in this document as
21843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21864 \begin_inset Note Note
21867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21869 space character (visible space).
21874 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21875 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21876 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21881 For example, if you want
21882 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21936 , since in the latter case only the
21939 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21944 will be under the square root sign:
21945 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21954 \begin_inset Formula
21956 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21965 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21966 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21969 \begin_layout Subsection
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21975 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21979 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21980 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21981 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21982 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21983 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21986 \begin_layout Subsection
21987 Exponents and Subscripts
21988 \begin_inset Index idx
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21998 \begin_inset Index idx
22001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 \begin_layout Standard
22011 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22012 way is to use a command.
22014 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22017 , type in a formula
22023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22039 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22045 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22049 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22079 , you have to use an extra
22083 to separate the hat and the character.
22085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22089 \begin_inset space \space{}
22093 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 Subscripts are similar: To get
22115 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22138 \begin_layout Subsection
22140 \begin_inset Index idx
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 \begin_layout Standard
22153 Create a fraction with either the command
22160 \begin_inset Graphics
22161 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22169 \begin_inset space ~
22175 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22176 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22177 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22182 To move back up, press
22187 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22188 \begin_inset Formula
22190 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22193 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22201 \begin_layout Subsection
22203 \begin_inset Index idx
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22216 Roots can be created using the
22219 \begin_inset space ~
22225 \begin_inset Graphics
22226 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22228 groupId toolbarbuttons
22251 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22257 produces always a square root.
22260 \begin_layout Subsection
22261 Operators with Limits
22262 \begin_inset Index idx
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 \begin_inset Index idx
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22284 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22293 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22297 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22300 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22301 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22302 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22303 The sum operator will automatically place its
22304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22311 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22314 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22318 \begin_inset Formula
22320 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22325 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22332 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22333 behind the operator and hitting
22341 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22342 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22344 \begin_inset space ~
22348 \begin_inset space ~
22356 \begin_layout Standard
22357 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22365 feature as addition, such as
22366 \begin_inset Index idx
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22376 \begin_inset Formula
22378 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22383 which will place the
22384 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22396 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22397 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22403 \begin_layout Standard
22404 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22411 Have a look at section
22412 \begin_inset space ~
22416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22418 reference "sub:Functions"
22422 for an explanation of function macros.
22425 \begin_layout Subsection
22427 \begin_inset Index idx
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 \begin_layout Standard
22440 Most math symbols can be found in the
22443 \begin_inset space ~
22448 under one of several categories; including
22465 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22469 \begin_layout Standard
22470 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22471 you don't have to use the
22474 \begin_inset space ~
22479 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22480 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22483 \begin_layout Subsection
22485 \begin_inset Index idx
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22497 \begin_layout Standard
22498 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22503 arg "space-insert protected"
22509 \begin_inset space ~
22515 \begin_inset Graphics
22516 filename ../images/math/space.png
22518 groupId toolbarbuttons
22523 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22524 For example, the sequence
22529 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22533 \begin_inset Graphics
22534 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22539 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22540 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22541 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22542 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22544 Here are two examples:
22547 \begin_layout Standard
22557 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22563 \begin_layout Standard
22573 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22579 \begin_layout Subsection
22581 \begin_inset Index idx
22584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22593 name "sub:Functions"
22600 \begin_layout Standard
22604 \begin_inset space ~
22609 contains under the button
22610 \begin_inset Graphics
22611 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22613 groupId toolbarbuttons
22617 a number of function macros, such as
22618 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22622 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22630 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22637 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22638 avoid confusions, because
22639 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22643 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22649 \begin_layout Standard
22650 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22652 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22656 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22663 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22664 s are placed, as described in section
22665 \begin_inset space ~
22669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22671 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22678 \begin_layout Subsection
22680 \begin_inset Index idx
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22695 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22696 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22701 \begin_inset space \space{}
22705 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22708 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22709 Our example is entered by typing
22717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 \begin_inset space ~
22734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22736 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22740 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22744 \begin_inset Float table
22749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22750 \begin_inset Caption
22752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22755 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22759 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22769 \begin_inset Tabular
22770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22771 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22858 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22912 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22966 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23020 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23074 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23236 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23335 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23360 \begin_inset space ~
23366 \begin_inset Graphics
23367 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23369 groupId toolbarbuttons
23373 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23377 \begin_layout Section
23378 Brackets and Delimiters
23379 \begin_inset Index idx
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Index idx
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23401 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23408 \begin_layout Standard
23409 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23410 For most purposes, using just the keys
23415 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23416 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23417 toolbar delimiter icon
23420 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23424 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23426 \begin_inset Formula
23428 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23436 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23437 \begin_inset Formula
23439 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23448 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23449 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23452 \begin_layout Standard
23453 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23454 left side and right side.
23455 If you use the option
23458 \begin_inset space ~
23463 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23464 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23465 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23466 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23469 \begin_layout Standard
23470 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23471 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23472 inside the brackets.
23473 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23478 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23481 \begin_layout Section
23482 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23483 \begin_inset Index idx
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 \begin_inset Index idx
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 \begin_inset Index idx
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23515 \begin_layout Standard
23516 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23519 \begin_inset space ~
23525 \begin_inset Graphics
23526 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23528 groupId toolbarbuttons
23533 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23534 Here is an example:
23535 \begin_inset Formula
23537 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23546 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23547 \begin_inset space ~
23551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23553 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23558 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23559 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23560 This alignment is set in the box
23565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23613 for every column as default.
23614 For example, the sequence
23615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23626 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23627 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23628 corresponds to the relevant column.
23629 The result will look like this:
23630 \begin_inset Formula
23633 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23634 column & has & has\, right\\
23635 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23644 \begin_layout Standard
23645 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23648 arg "newline-insert newline"
23651 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23652 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23654 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23657 or the math toolbar.
23660 \begin_layout Standard
23661 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23662 It can be created with the menu
23664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23665 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23667 \begin_inset space ~
23679 Here is an example:
23680 \begin_inset Formula
23694 \begin_layout Standard
23695 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23698 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23701 arg "newline-insert newline"
23705 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23710 arg "newline-insert newline"
23713 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23721 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23722 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23723 A new row is created by every further hit of
23726 arg "newline-insert newline"
23730 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23731 Here is an example:
23732 \begin_inset Formula
23734 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23735 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23740 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23741 where you want to start the shift and hit
23746 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23747 position to the next column.
23748 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23749 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23750 \begin_inset Formula
23752 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23768 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23769 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23772 reference "eq:asquared"
23777 The other types are described in section
23778 \begin_inset space ~
23782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23784 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23791 \begin_layout Section
23792 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23793 \begin_inset Index idx
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23797 Math ! Formula numbering
23803 \begin_inset Index idx
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 Math ! Referencing formulas
23813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23815 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23822 \begin_layout Standard
23823 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23825 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23826 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23828 \begin_inset space ~
23836 arg "math-number-toggle"
23840 The formula number appears in LyX as
23841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23848 within parentheses.
23850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23857 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23859 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23860 the document class.
23861 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23862 separated by a dot:
23863 \begin_inset Formula
23873 arg "math-number-toggle"
23876 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23877 You can only number displayed formulas.
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23883 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23884 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23886 \begin_inset space ~
23890 \begin_inset space ~
23894 \begin_inset space ~
23902 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23905 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23906 \begin_inset Formula
23909 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23915 To number all lines use the shortcut
23918 arg "math-number-toggle"
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23925 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23928 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23929 A label is inserted with the menu
23931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23934 when the cursor is in the formula.
23935 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23936 It is recommended to use the proposed
23937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23948 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23949 type when you have many labels in your document.
23950 We inserted in the following example the label
23951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23958 in the second line:
23959 \begin_inset Formula
23961 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23962 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23967 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23968 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23978 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23982 \begin_inset space ~
23988 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23989 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23990 as the formula number:
23993 \begin_layout Standard
23994 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23997 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24006 \begin_inset space ~
24010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24012 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24017 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24023 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24036 \begin_layout Section
24037 User defined math macros
24038 \begin_inset Index idx
24041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24050 \begin_layout Standard
24051 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24052 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24053 Math macros are explained in section
24056 \begin_inset space ~
24068 \begin_layout Section
24072 \begin_layout Subsection
24074 \begin_inset Index idx
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24087 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24088 To set a font in a formula, use the
24091 \begin_inset space ~
24097 \begin_inset Graphics
24098 filename ../images/math/font.png
24100 groupId toolbarbuttons
24104 , or enter its command, listed in table
24105 \begin_inset space ~
24109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24111 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24118 \begin_layout Standard
24119 \begin_inset Float table
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24125 \begin_inset Caption
24127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24130 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24134 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24144 \begin_inset Tabular
24145 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24146 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24180 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24207 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24234 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24267 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24294 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24321 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24355 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24443 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24448 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24449 space when you need a space in the box.
24450 Here an example where
24451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24462 denotes the set of numbers:
24463 \begin_inset Formula
24465 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24480 \begin_inset space \space{}
24492 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24496 \begin_inset Newline newline
24499 So it is better not to use this feature.
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24504 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24508 \begin_inset Newline newline
24511 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24517 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24518 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24531 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24537 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24538 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24540 \begin_inset space ~
24548 \begin_layout Subsection
24550 \begin_inset Index idx
24553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24565 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24569 \begin_inset space ~
24573 \begin_inset space ~
24581 \begin_inset space ~
24587 \begin_inset Graphics
24588 filename ../images/math/font.png
24590 groupId toolbarbuttons
24601 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24602 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24603 Here is an example:
24604 \begin_inset Formula
24607 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24608 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24617 \begin_layout Subsection
24619 \begin_inset Index idx
24622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 \begin_layout Standard
24632 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24633 automatically chosen in most situations.
24651 For most characters,
24659 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24660 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24665 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24666 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24668 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24669 \begin_inset Graphics
24670 filename ../images/math/style.png
24672 groupId toolbarbuttons
24677 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24678 For example, you can set
24679 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24682 , which is normally in
24691 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24695 The four styles are used in the following example:
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24703 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24707 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24711 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24717 \begin_layout Standard
24718 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24719 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24721 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24723 \begin_inset space ~
24728 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24729 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24730 will be adjusted to correspond.
24731 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24742 \begin_layout Standard
24746 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24752 \begin_layout Section
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24758 the document classes and into layout modules.
24759 \begin_inset Index idx
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24768 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24769 other than the AMS classes.
24771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24773 reference "sub:Modules"
24777 for more on layout modules.
24780 \begin_layout Section
24782 \begin_inset Index idx
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 \begin_inset Index idx
24795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24805 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24806 (AMS) that are in common use.
24809 \begin_layout Subsection
24810 Enabling AMS-Support
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 Selecting the checkbox
24817 \begin_inset space ~
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24825 \begin_inset space ~
24832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24836 \begin_inset Index idx
24839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 Document ! Settings
24848 \begin_inset space ~
24853 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24855 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24856 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24859 \begin_layout Subsection
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24863 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24868 \begin_inset Index idx
24871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24872 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24882 LyX allows you to choose between
24903 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24906 \begin_layout Chapter
24910 \begin_layout Section
24912 \begin_inset Index idx
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24924 name "sec:Cross-References"
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24932 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24933 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24935 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24936 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24937 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24940 \begin_layout Enumerate
24944 \begin_layout Enumerate
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24947 name "enu:Second-item"
24954 \begin_layout Enumerate
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24959 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24964 or by pressing the toolbar button
24971 A grey label box like this:
24972 \begin_inset Graphics
24973 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24978 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24979 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25014 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25019 \begin_inset space \space{}
25022 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25037 \begin_layout Standard
25038 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25043 or the toolbar button
25046 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25050 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25051 \begin_inset Graphics
25052 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25057 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25059 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25072 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25076 \begin_layout Standard
25079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25082 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25087 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25088 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25098 \begin_inset space ~
25102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25104 reference "enu:Second-item"
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25112 It is recommended to use a protected space
25116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25117 described in section
25118 \begin_inset space ~
25122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25124 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25133 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25137 \begin_layout Standard
25138 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25141 \begin_layout Description
25142 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25145 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25152 \begin_layout Description
25153 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25154 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25166 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25173 \begin_layout Description
25174 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25175 \begin_inset space ~
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25180 LatexCommand pageref
25181 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25188 \begin_layout Description
25190 \begin_inset space ~
25194 \begin_inset space ~
25197 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25199 LatexCommand vpageref
25200 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25207 \begin_layout Description
25209 \begin_inset space ~
25213 \begin_inset space ~
25217 \begin_inset space ~
25220 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25223 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25230 \begin_layout Description
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25235 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25236 \begin_inset Newline newline
25240 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25248 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25257 \begin_inset Index idx
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25267 \begin_inset Index idx
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25271 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25284 \begin_layout Description
25286 \begin_inset space ~
25289 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25291 LatexCommand nameref
25292 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25299 \begin_layout Standard
25304 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25311 \begin_inset space \space{}
25315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25329 <reference> on page <page>
25331 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25336 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25337 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25341 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 You can only use the style
25350 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25354 is always possible.
25357 \begin_layout Standard
25358 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25359 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25361 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25362 \begin_inset space ~
25366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25368 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25380 \begin_inset space ~
25384 \begin_inset space ~
25389 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25390 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25393 \begin_inset space ~
25398 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25399 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25402 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25409 You can change labels at any time.
25410 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25411 do not need to take care about this.
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25416 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 References are described in detail in sec.
25421 \begin_inset space ~
25425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 \begin_layout Section
25440 Table of Contents and other Listings
25441 \begin_inset Index idx
25444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25451 \begin_inset Index idx
25454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25470 \begin_layout Subsection
25472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25474 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25485 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25487 \begin_inset space ~
25491 \begin_inset space ~
25497 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25498 If you click on it, the
25502 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25503 sections in your documents.
25504 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25509 that is described in sec.
25510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25516 reference "sec:Navigating"
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25525 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25527 \begin_inset space ~
25531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25533 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25537 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25545 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25549 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25551 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25554 \begin_layout Subsection
25555 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25558 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25566 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25567 You can insert them via the
25569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25575 \begin_inset space ~
25581 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25584 \begin_layout Section
25585 URLs and Hyperlinks
25586 \begin_inset Index idx
25589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25596 \begin_inset Index idx
25599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25608 \begin_layout Subsection
25610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25620 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25630 \begin_inset Flex URL
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25650 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25663 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25671 \begin_layout Subsection
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25675 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25683 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25688 or with the toolbar button
25695 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25704 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25705 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25708 name "LyX's homepage"
25709 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25713 , an Email address like this:
25714 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25716 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25717 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25722 , or a link to a file.
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25726 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25739 to the link target.
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25744 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25745 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25746 the text style dialog.
25747 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25753 name "LyX's homepage"
25754 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25766 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25769 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25775 \begin_inset Newline newline
25783 \begin_inset Newline newline
25790 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25793 \begin_layout Section
25795 \begin_inset Index idx
25798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25807 name "sec:Appendices"
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 Appendices are created with the menu
25817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25819 \begin_inset space ~
25823 \begin_inset space ~
25829 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25830 as the appendix region.
25831 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25836 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25837 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25838 and the subsection number.
25839 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25845 \begin_inset space ~
25849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25851 reference "cha:Credits"
25856 \begin_inset space ~
25860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25862 reference "sub:Export"
25869 \begin_layout Section
25871 \begin_inset Index idx
25874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25883 name "sec:Bibliography"
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25892 You can include a bibliography database,
25896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25897 Known under the name
25898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25910 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25911 manually, using the paragraph environment
25915 , which was described in section
25916 \begin_inset space ~
25920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25922 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25927 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25928 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25932 use a bibliography database.
25935 \begin_layout Subsection
25936 The Bibliography Environment
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25944 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25946 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25955 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25957 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25966 , a short form of its title, as key.
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25975 or the toolbar button
25978 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
25982 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25983 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25984 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25985 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25990 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25991 entry with surrounding brackets.
25996 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25997 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26012 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26015 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26017 key "latexcompanion"
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26035 \begin_layout Subsection
26036 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26037 \begin_inset Index idx
26040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26041 Bibliography ! Databases
26047 \begin_inset Index idx
26050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26051 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26059 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26073 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26075 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26076 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26081 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26083 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26084 your working field in a database.
26085 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26086 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26088 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26093 The database is a text file with the file extension
26094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26105 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26106 The format is explained in
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26113 and in LaTeX books (
26114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26116 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26121 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26122 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26123 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26124 \begin_inset Flex URL
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26129 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 To use a database, use the menu
26140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26145 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 \begin_inset space ~
26164 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26165 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26168 Add bibliography to TOC
26170 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26175 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26176 in the document or just the cited references.
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26192 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26193 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26194 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26196 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26202 For information how this is done, have a look at
26203 \begin_inset Newline newline
26207 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26209 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26221 \begin_layout Standard
26222 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26227 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26230 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26258 \begin_inset space ~
26264 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 When you select the option
26282 Sectioned bibliography
26286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26289 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26290 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26292 Customizing Bibliographies
26300 Additional Features
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26306 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26307 the two methods of creating them.
26308 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26309 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26310 We used the style file
26314 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26317 \begin_layout Subsection
26318 Bibliography layout
26319 \begin_inset Index idx
26322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26323 Bibliography ! Layout
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26333 For this feature you need to enable the option
26339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26343 \begin_inset Index idx
26346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 Document ! Settings
26357 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26358 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26359 in the previous section.
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26364 in the citation reference window.
26365 Here an example where we set the text
26366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26370 \begin_inset space ~
26374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26377 to appear after the reference:
26380 \begin_layout Standard
26382 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26385 key "latexcompanion"
26392 \begin_layout Section
26394 \begin_inset Index idx
26397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26413 \begin_layout Standard
26414 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26418 \begin_inset space ~
26423 or the toolbar button
26431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26443 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26444 by LyX as the index entry.
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26448 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26449 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26451 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26453 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26461 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26465 \begin_inset space ~
26469 \begin_inset space ~
26472 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26474 \begin_inset space ~
26480 A light blue box labeled
26481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26492 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26493 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26496 \begin_layout Subsection
26497 Grouping Index Entries
26498 \begin_inset Index idx
26501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26513 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26514 lists under the entry
26515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26523 First we create the entry
26524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26532 \begin_inset space ~
26536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26538 reference "sub:Lists"
26543 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26544 \begin_inset space ~
26548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26550 reference "sec:Itemize"
26554 , we insert the command
26557 \begin_layout Standard
26563 \begin_layout Standard
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26574 for the enumerated list in section
26575 \begin_inset space ~
26579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26581 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26589 The exclamation mark
26590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26597 marks the grouping levels.
26598 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26599 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26600 If we don't have an index entry for
26601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26608 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26611 \begin_layout Subsection
26613 \begin_inset Index idx
26616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26617 Index ! Page ranges
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26628 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26629 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26631 \begin_inset space ~
26635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26637 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26647 Paragraph environments|(
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 and another entry at the end of section
26652 \begin_inset space ~
26656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26658 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26668 Paragraph environments|)
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26696 respectively start and end the index range.
26697 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26698 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26699 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26700 An example is the index entry
26701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26704 Document ! Settings
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26711 \begin_layout Subsection
26713 \begin_inset Index idx
26716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26717 Index ! Cross referencing
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26727 We referred for example in the index entry
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26736 \begin_inset space ~
26740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26742 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26746 ) to the index entry
26747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26754 in the same section using the entry
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26760 GIF|see{Image formats}
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26764 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26765 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26766 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26769 \begin_layout Subsection
26771 \begin_inset Index idx
26774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26775 Index ! Entry order
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26784 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26785 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26786 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26791 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26793 \begin_inset space ~
26797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26799 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26808 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26809 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26834 \begin_inset Index idx
26837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26838 Dummy entries ! maïs
26844 \begin_inset Index idx
26847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26848 Dummy entries ! maître
26854 \begin_inset Index idx
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26858 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26863 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26864 order maïs, maison, maître.
26865 To achieve this, we use the command
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26871 previous entry@current entry
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 In our case we want to have
26876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26891 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26894 \begin_layout Standard
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26901 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26902 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26907 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26914 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26919 to generate the index (see sec.
26920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26926 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26935 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26943 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26947 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26948 index commands start with
26949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26961 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26966 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26993 \begin_layout Subsection
26995 \begin_inset Index idx
26998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26999 Index ! Entry layout
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27009 \begin_inset Index idx
27012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27015 This is an italic dummy entry
27020 You can also format the page number using the character
27021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27029 We can write for example
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27035 italic page number:|textit
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 to get the page number in italic.
27040 \begin_inset Index idx
27043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27044 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27049 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27067 \begin_inset space ~
27073 Have a look at section
27074 \begin_inset space ~
27078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27080 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27084 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27096 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27100 to generate the index, see sec.
27101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27107 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27116 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27117 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27118 they can be used, see
27119 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27122 key "latexcompanion"
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27135 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27137 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27138 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27139 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27140 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27141 If so, put the following in the preamble
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 in the index entry.
27168 \begin_inset Index idx
27171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27172 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27177 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27178 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27179 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27189 \begin_inset space \space{}
27192 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27193 for all index entries.
27194 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27206 documentation for details,
27207 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27209 key "makeindex,xindy"
27216 \begin_layout Subsection
27218 \begin_inset Index idx
27221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27230 name "sub:Index-Program"
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27238 If the index entry program
27242 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27246 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27256 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27257 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27258 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27259 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27269 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27270 dialog, see section
27271 \begin_inset space ~
27275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27277 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27282 The available options are listed and explained in
27283 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27285 key "makeindex,xindy"
27290 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27295 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27296 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27300 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27301 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27305 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27306 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27309 \begin_layout Subsection
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27315 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27323 next to the standard index.
27324 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27325 packages that add this feature.
27331 \begin_inset Index idx
27334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27335 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27340 package to generate multiple indexes.
27341 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27342 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27350 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27351 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27352 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27356 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27359 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27360 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27367 Use multiple Indexes
27368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27372 Note that the list of
27373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27380 below already contains the standard index.
27381 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27382 also appear as a heading) to the
27383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27390 input field and press the
27391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27399 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27400 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27401 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27405 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27411 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27412 indexes in the LyX work area.
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27421 \begin_inset space ~
27425 \begin_inset space ~
27434 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27435 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27436 are some additional features:
27439 \begin_layout Itemize
27440 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27441 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27444 \begin_layout Itemize
27445 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27446 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27455 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27460 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27461 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27462 to the non-subindexes.
27465 \begin_layout Section
27466 Nomenclature / Glossary
27467 \begin_inset Index idx
27470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27477 \begin_inset Index idx
27480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27511 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27519 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27520 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27530 \begin_inset Index idx
27533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27534 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27540 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27547 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27551 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27552 and then use the menu
27554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27560 \begin_inset space ~
27565 or the toolbar button
27568 arg "nomencl-insert"
27573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27584 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27589 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27590 The second is the description of the symbol.
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27602 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27610 \begin_layout Subsection
27611 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27612 \begin_inset Index idx
27615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27616 Nomenclature ! Layout
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27629 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27635 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27643 \begin_inset Newline newline
27651 \begin_inset Newline newline
27657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27664 character starts/ends the formula.
27665 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27677 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27688 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27689 \begin_inset space ~
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27695 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27706 \begin_inset space ~
27711 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27712 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27717 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27724 in this document is:
27725 \begin_inset Newline newline
27730 dummy entry for the character
27735 \begin_inset Newline newline
27747 \begin_inset space ~
27757 font use the command
27786 \begin_layout Subsection
27787 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27788 \begin_inset Index idx
27791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27792 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27801 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27802 the symbol definition.
27803 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27804 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27807 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27808 LatexCommand nomenclature
27810 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27817 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27821 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27822 LatexCommand nomenclature
27825 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27830 They will be sorted by
27831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27857 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27860 will be sorted before the
27864 since the character
27865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27872 is considered in sorting.
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27876 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27879 \begin_inset space ~
27884 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27885 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27887 For the example given, you can insert
27891 in this field for the
27892 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27899 will be located before
27900 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27912 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27921 \begin_layout Subsection
27922 Nomenclature Options
27923 \begin_inset Index idx
27926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27927 Nomenclature ! Options
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27940 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27941 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27944 \begin_layout Description
27945 refeq Appends the phrase
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27961 to every nomenclature entry, where
27967 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27970 \begin_layout Description
27971 refpage Appends the phrase
27972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27987 to every nomenclature entry, where
27993 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27996 \begin_layout Description
27997 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 There are furthermore the options
28045 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28051 class options list in the
28053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28057 In this document the option
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28072 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28073 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28078 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28081 \begin_layout Description
28091 \begin_layout Description
28094 nomrefpage Like the
28101 \begin_layout Description
28104 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28113 \begin_layout Description
28117 \begin_inset space ~
28123 \begin_inset space ~
28128 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28131 \begin_layout Subsection
28132 Printing the Nomenclature
28133 \begin_inset Index idx
28136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28137 Nomenclature ! Printing
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28150 \begin_inset space ~
28154 \begin_inset space ~
28157 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28161 A light blue box labeled
28162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28173 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28174 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28187 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28195 For example, in order to change the name to
28199 , add the following line to the preamble:
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28210 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28222 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28233 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28239 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28240 \begin_inset space ~
28244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28246 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28251 The default value is 1
28252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28258 \begin_layout Subsection
28259 Nomenclature Program
28260 \begin_inset Index idx
28263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28264 Nomenclature ! Program
28270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28272 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 LyX uses the program
28284 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28285 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28290 by adding options, see section
28291 \begin_inset space ~
28295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28297 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28302 The available options are listed and explained in
28303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28305 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28312 \begin_layout Section
28314 \begin_inset Index idx
28317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28324 \begin_inset Index idx
28327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28328 Document ! Branches
28334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28336 name "sec:Branches"
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28344 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28345 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28346 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28347 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28351 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28352 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28353 To create a branch, either select the menu
28355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28356 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28359 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28369 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28370 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28371 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28372 (see below for an example).
28373 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28374 to the name of the other) and to add
28375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28387 \begin_inset space ~
28390 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28391 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28395 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28396 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28401 where you can choose a branch.
28402 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28407 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28408 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28412 \begin_inset Branch Question
28415 \begin_layout Standard
28416 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28425 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28429 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28445 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28448 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28449 Consider for example a file
28450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28457 which has the above branches.
28459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28466 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28490 branch were inactive,
28491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28506 branch was active, likewise
28507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28522 branch was active, and
28523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28526 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28530 if both branches were active.
28531 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28536 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28543 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28544 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28546 For example you can define for the question branch
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28551 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28552 \begin_inset space ~
28556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28558 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28580 \begin_layout Standard
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 and for the answer branch
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28615 \begin_inset Branch Question
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28651 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 Now it is possible to use the commands
28691 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28698 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28701 to obtain conditional output.
28702 Here is an example formula where only the
28709 \begin_inset Formula
28711 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28728 \begin_layout Section
28730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28732 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28737 \begin_inset Index idx
28740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28754 dialog allows you in the
28758 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28759 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28764 \begin_inset Index idx
28767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28768 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28781 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28782 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28783 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28785 You can specify in the dialog tab
28789 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28791 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28792 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28796 \begin_layout Standard
28801 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28802 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28803 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28805 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28806 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28808 \begin_inset space ~
28811 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28815 1 will only display the sections.
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28819 The header information in the dialog tab
28823 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28824 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28829 \begin_inset space \space{}
28832 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28833 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28836 Automatic fill header
28838 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28839 title and author settings.
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28845 Load in fullscreen mode
28847 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28852 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28858 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28859 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28868 \begin_layout Section
28869 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28872 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28879 \begin_layout Subsection
28881 \begin_inset Index idx
28884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28893 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28901 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28902 constructs, but not all.
28903 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28904 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28905 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28906 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28907 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28914 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28918 \begin_inset space ~
28923 or by the toolbar button
28930 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28936 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28937 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28938 using the LaTeX-command
28944 , you can write the command part
28950 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28954 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28955 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28956 the following example:
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28960 \begin_inset Graphics
28961 filename clipart/ERT.png
28969 \begin_layout Standard
28973 \begin_layout Standard
28974 This is a line with a
28978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29010 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29011 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29019 \begin_layout Subsection
29020 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29021 \begin_inset Argument
29024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29031 \begin_inset Index idx
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29043 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29050 \begin_layout Standard
29051 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29052 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29053 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29062 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29063 any time if you know the right commands.
29065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29069 \begin_inset space \space{}
29072 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29074 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29075 all caption labels bold.
29076 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29078 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29084 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29085 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29087 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 As result you know that the package
29102 \begin_inset Index idx
29105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29106 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29112 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29125 usepackage[options]{package name}
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29130 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29131 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 In your case the package name is
29140 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29145 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29146 So you add the command
29149 \begin_layout Standard
29154 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29158 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 For more commands provided by the
29167 package, have a look at its documentation,
29168 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29183 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29185 For example if you use a
29189 class, you don't need the package
29193 , you can instead write
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29201 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29207 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29208 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29209 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29216 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29220 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29221 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29223 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29224 the previous section.
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29230 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29232 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29240 \begin_layout Section
29241 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29244 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29249 \begin_inset Index idx
29252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 \begin_inset Index idx
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29273 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29274 to break your train of thought with
29276 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29283 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29284 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29289 \begin_inset Index idx
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29298 as explained below, and turn on
29301 \begin_inset space ~
29308 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29312 \begin_inset space ~
29316 \begin_inset space ~
29319 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29324 \begin_inset space ~
29329 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29333 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29335 Previews of an already loaded document are
29339 generated just by selecting the
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29347 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29351 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29352 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29360 check box in the insert dialog.
29361 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29370 (on some systems named simply
29375 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29377 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29383 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29384 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29392 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29397 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29408 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29415 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29416 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29418 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29419 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29420 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29421 the source view window.
29424 \begin_layout Section
29425 Advanced Find and Replace
29426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29428 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29433 \begin_inset Index idx
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_inset Index idx
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29455 \begin_layout Subsection
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29461 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29462 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29463 The key-features are:
29466 \begin_layout Itemize
29467 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29468 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29469 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29473 \begin_layout Itemize
29474 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29475 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29476 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29477 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29480 \begin_layout Itemize
29481 Search may be widened to a specific
29486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29493 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29494 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29501 \begin_layout Itemize
29502 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29503 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29508 \begin_inset space ~
29511 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29514 \begin_layout Subsection
29518 \begin_layout Standard
29519 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29522 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29535 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29538 ) or the toolbar button
29541 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29547 Advanced Find and Replace
29552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29561 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29566 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29571 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29572 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29573 Pressing repeatedly
29577 keeps searching forward.
29578 Similarly, pressing
29582 searches for the entered text backwards.
29585 \begin_layout Standard
29586 While searching, the
29590 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29600 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29604 Searching for mathematics
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29608 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29612 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29613 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29616 or also something more complex like
29617 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29621 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29622 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29623 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29624 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29634 \begin_layout Standard
29635 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29636 This is done by switching to the
29637 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29641 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29646 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29651 This way, entering in the
29658 \begin_layout Itemize
29659 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29660 in emphasized or boldface.
29663 \begin_layout Itemize
29664 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29665 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29666 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29667 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29670 \begin_layout Itemize
29671 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29672 of if only within section headings.
29673 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29674 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29678 \begin_layout Itemize
29679 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29680 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29688 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29692 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29700 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29704 button or alternatively
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29727 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29728 text segments in your document.
29729 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29733 \begin_layout Itemize
29734 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29735 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29743 with its typewriter version
29746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29756 \begin_layout Itemize
29757 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29763 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29775 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29782 (you may want to enable the
29790 options and disable the
29795 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29799 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29804 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29812 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29813 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29817 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29820 , or occurrences of
29821 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29825 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29831 \begin_layout Subsection
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29836 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29841 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29845 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29854 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29860 This is done via the menu
29862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29863 Insert Regular Expression
29866 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29875 while the cursor is in the
29880 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29881 expression matching rules
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29892 \begin_inset space ~
29895 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29896 to match expressions.
29901 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29902 same text in the document.
29903 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29904 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29907 \begin_layout Enumerate
29908 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29913 editor the fraction
29914 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29918 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29921 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
29922 fractions with the given denominator.
29925 \begin_layout Enumerate
29926 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
29932 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
29936 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
29944 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29949 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
29950 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
29952 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29955 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
29956 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
29959 \begin_layout Standard
29960 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
29961 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
29962 \begin_inset Formula $()$
29965 , and referring back to them through
29966 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
29970 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
29974 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
29977 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
29978 For example, try searching for the regexp
29979 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
29982 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
29985 \begin_layout Standard
29986 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
29987 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
29988 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
29989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29993 \begin_inset space ~
29997 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30000 always refers to the first occurrence of
30001 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30004 in all entered regexps.
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30008 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30012 \begin_layout Section
30014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30016 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30021 \begin_inset Index idx
30024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 \begin_layout Standard
30034 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30035 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30052 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30058 can be seen as the successor to
30066 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30072 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30073 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30081 \begin_layout Standard
30082 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30083 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30093 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30096 or the toolbar button
30099 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30102 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30103 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30104 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30105 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30106 scrolled so that it is visible.
30111 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30113 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30117 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30118 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30121 \begin_layout Standard
30122 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30129 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30130 will bring an error message.
30131 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30132 specifying a different
30134 Alternative language
30136 in preferences dialog.
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30140 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30143 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30147 \begin_layout Standard
30148 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30149 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30151 But you can use the
30154 \begin_inset space ~
30158 \begin_inset space ~
30166 \begin_layout Standard
30167 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30168 This does work with
30172 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30175 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30184 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30187 \begin_layout Description
30189 \begin_inset space ~
30192 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30193 should consider, e.
30194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30198 \begin_inset space \space{}
30201 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30202 This should not normally be needed.
30205 \begin_layout Description
30207 \begin_inset space ~
30210 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30211 the spell checker's default choice
30214 \begin_layout Description
30216 \begin_inset space ~
30220 \begin_inset space ~
30223 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30235 \begin_layout Description
30237 \begin_inset space ~
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30244 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30253 also for the spellchecker.
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 The encodings are explained in section
30259 \begin_inset space ~
30263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30265 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30274 Only enable this if you use
30278 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30279 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30280 so this is disabled by default.
30283 \begin_layout Section
30285 \begin_inset Index idx
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30297 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30304 \begin_layout Standard
30305 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30306 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30318 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30327 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30328 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30329 are available for many languages.
30332 \begin_layout Standard
30333 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30337 \begin_layout Subsection
30338 Setting up the thesaurus
30341 \begin_layout Standard
30346 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30351 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30356 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30362 en_EN for English).
30363 For instance, the English files are named:
30366 \begin_layout Itemize
30370 \begin_layout Itemize
30374 \begin_layout Standard
30375 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30376 already on your system.
30377 If not, you can get dictionaries
30378 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30380 \begin_inset Flex URL
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30387 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30397 \begin_inset Flex URL
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30409 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30410 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30415 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30417 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30418 unpack a zip archive.
30419 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30427 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30428 \begin_inset Flex URL
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30435 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30440 are usually packed in extension archives (
30444 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30446 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30447 unpack a zip archive.
30455 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30459 \begin_layout Standard
30468 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30469 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30471 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30472 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30476 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30479 \begin_layout Subsection
30480 Using the thesaurus
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30484 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30486 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30489 or the toolbar button
30492 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30495 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30497 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30499 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30500 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30501 and hyponyms (such as
30509 ), compounds (such as
30513 ) and antonyms (such as
30521 ), which are marked as such.
30524 \begin_layout Standard
30525 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30526 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30530 \begin_layout Standard
30531 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30532 the dictionary, such as the above
30536 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30541 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30542 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30543 For example looking up the word forms
30551 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30556 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30569 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30570 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30571 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30574 \begin_layout Subsection
30575 License of the Thesaurus library
30578 \begin_layout Standard
30583 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30588 as a standalone program.
30589 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30590 The library was released under the
30592 Berkeley Database License
30594 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30595 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30596 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30598 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30601 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30605 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30608 \begin_layout Section
30610 \begin_inset Index idx
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 \begin_inset Index idx
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 Document ! Change Tracking
30630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30632 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30640 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30641 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30642 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30643 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30647 \begin_inset space ~
30650 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30652 \begin_inset space ~
30660 \begin_layout Standard
30661 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30675 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30676 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30679 \begin_inset space ~
30683 \begin_inset space ~
30693 \begin_inset Index idx
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 Color ! Change tracking
30702 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30703 the cursor is in changed text.
30704 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30707 arg "changes-merge"
30713 \begin_layout Standard
30714 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30715 \begin_inset Index idx
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30727 \begin_layout Standard
30728 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30734 \begin_layout Standard
30735 \begin_inset Graphics
30736 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30751 \begin_layout Standard
30752 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30757 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30763 \begin_layout Standard
30764 \begin_inset Tabular
30765 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30766 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30767 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30768 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 arg "changes-track"
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30794 \begin_inset space ~
30797 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30799 \begin_inset space ~
30808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 arg "changes-output"
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30833 \begin_inset space ~
30836 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30838 \begin_inset space ~
30842 \begin_inset space ~
30846 \begin_inset space ~
30855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 Jumps to the next change
30882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30891 arg "change-accept"
30899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30907 \begin_inset space ~
30910 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30912 \begin_inset space ~
30921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 arg "change-reject"
30938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30946 \begin_inset space ~
30949 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30951 \begin_inset space ~
30960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 arg "changes-merge"
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30985 \begin_inset space ~
30988 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30990 \begin_inset space ~
30999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 arg "all-changes-accept"
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31024 \begin_inset space ~
31027 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31029 \begin_inset space ~
31033 \begin_inset space ~
31042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31051 arg "all-changes-reject"
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31067 \begin_inset space ~
31070 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31072 \begin_inset space ~
31076 \begin_inset space ~
31085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31109 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31111 \begin_inset space ~
31120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31145 \begin_inset space ~
31161 \begin_layout Standard
31162 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31168 \begin_layout Standard
31169 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31170 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31171 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31172 the next change after the current cursor position.
31173 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31174 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31175 step to the next change.
31176 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31181 to describe a change.
31184 \begin_layout Standard
31185 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31190 \begin_inset Index idx
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31200 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31201 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31207 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31210 \begin_layout Section
31211 International Support
31212 \begin_inset Index idx
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31216 International support
31224 \begin_layout Standard
31225 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31226 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31227 how to set up LyX to use them:
31228 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31230 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31238 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31239 \begin_inset space ~
31243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31245 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31252 \begin_layout Subsection
31254 \begin_inset Index idx
31257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 \begin_inset Index idx
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 Document ! Settings
31274 \begin_inset Index idx
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 Document ! Language
31286 \begin_layout Standard
31289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31292 dialog lets you set
31294 the language and character encoding for your language.
31298 \begin_layout Standard
31299 Choose your language in the
31303 section of this dialog.
31311 \begin_layout Standard
31316 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31321 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31322 For details about the different encoding options see section
31323 \begin_inset space ~
31327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31329 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31336 \begin_layout Subsection
31337 Keyboard mapping configuration
31338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31340 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31347 \begin_layout Standard
31348 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31349 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31350 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31351 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31352 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31354 \begin_inset space ~
31358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31360 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31365 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31366 which one you want to use.
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31370 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31371 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31372 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31373 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31374 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31375 one to support the characters you want.
31376 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31383 \begin_layout Subsection
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31389 \begin_inset space ~
31393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31395 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31404 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31408 \begin_layout Standard
31409 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31410 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31418 \begin_layout Itemize
31419 Even if you have selected
31425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31428 dialog, users who have only the
31432 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31436 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31437 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31438 french quotes won't show up.
31441 \begin_layout Standard
31442 \begin_inset Float table
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 \begin_inset Caption
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31453 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 \begin_inset Tabular
31472 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31473 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 \begin_layout Standard
35904 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35906 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35907 also the characters from
35919 \begin_layout Itemize
35928 \begin_layout Standard
35929 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35930 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35936 \begin_layout Standard
35937 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35938 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35944 \begin_layout Standard
35945 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35946 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35952 \begin_layout Standard
35953 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35954 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35960 \begin_layout Standard
35962 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35968 \begin_layout Standard
35970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35976 \begin_layout Standard
35978 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35985 \begin_layout Itemize
35998 \begin_layout Standard
36000 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36006 \begin_layout Standard
36008 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36014 \begin_layout Standard
36016 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36022 \begin_layout Standard
36024 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36030 \begin_layout Standard
36032 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36038 \begin_layout Standard
36040 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36047 \begin_layout Standard
36048 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36049 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36050 Also make sure you're using the
36057 \begin_layout Chapter
36060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36062 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36070 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36071 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36072 topic inside the user's guide.
36075 \begin_layout Section
36077 \begin_inset Index idx
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36094 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36095 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36098 \begin_layout Subsection
36102 \begin_layout Standard
36103 Creates a new document.
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36111 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36112 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36113 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36124 \begin_layout Subsection
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36130 Click there on a file to open it.
36133 \begin_layout Subsection
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36138 Closes the current document.
36141 \begin_layout Subsection
36145 \begin_layout Standard
36146 Closes all opened documents.
36149 \begin_layout Subsection
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 Saves the actual document.
36157 \begin_layout Subsection
36161 \begin_layout Standard
36162 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36165 \begin_layout Subsection
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36170 Saves all opened documents.
36173 \begin_layout Subsection
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36178 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36181 \begin_layout Subsection
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36186 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36187 It is described in the section
36189 Version Control in LyX
36193 Additional Features
36198 \begin_layout Subsection
36202 \begin_layout Standard
36203 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36204 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36205 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36206 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36209 \begin_layout Standard
36210 When using the menu entry
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36218 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36222 \begin_inset space ~
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36231 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36232 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36235 \begin_layout Subsection
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36247 You can export your document to various file formats.
36248 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36249 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36250 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36253 \begin_layout Standard
36254 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36256 \begin_inset space ~
36260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36262 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36269 \begin_layout Description
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36278 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36280 \begin_inset Newline newline
36283 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36286 \begin_layout Description
36294 \begin_layout Description
36295 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36299 \begin_layout Description
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36308 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36312 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36320 \begin_layout Description
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 \begin_inset space ~
36340 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36341 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36345 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36348 \begin_layout Description
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36368 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36369 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36377 \begin_layout Description
36379 \begin_inset space ~
36382 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36390 is replaced by the version number)
36393 \begin_layout Description
36394 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36397 \begin_layout Description
36398 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36411 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36415 \begin_layout Description
36419 \begin_inset space ~
36424 PDF-format using the program
36429 \begin_layout Description
36433 \begin_inset space ~
36438 PDF-format using the program
36443 \begin_layout Description
36447 \begin_inset space ~
36452 PDF-format using the program
36457 \begin_layout Description
36461 \begin_inset space ~
36469 \begin_layout Description
36473 \begin_inset space ~
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36482 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36483 and then exported as text using the program
36488 \begin_layout Description
36493 PostScript format using the program
36498 \begin_layout Description
36506 \begin_layout Standard
36511 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36512 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36518 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36521 \begin_layout Standard
36522 If one of the menu entries
36529 \begin_inset space ~
36538 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36539 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36540 \begin_inset space ~
36544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36546 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36551 \begin_inset Index idx
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 Reconfiguration of LyX
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36568 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36569 the export program.
36572 \begin_layout Subsection
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36577 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36578 format or send it to a printer.
36579 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36580 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36586 For more information have a look at section
36587 \begin_inset space ~
36591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36593 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36600 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36606 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36607 prefix, see section
36608 \begin_inset space ~
36612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36614 reference "sec:Paths"
36619 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36628 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36629 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36630 \begin_inset space ~
36634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36636 reference "sub:Converters"
36643 \begin_layout Subsection
36644 New and Close Window
36647 \begin_layout Standard
36648 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36651 \begin_layout Subsection
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36659 \begin_layout Section
36661 \begin_inset Index idx
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36673 \begin_layout Subsection
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 Described in section
36679 \begin_inset space ~
36683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36685 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36692 \begin_layout Subsection
36693 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36697 Described in section
36698 \begin_inset space ~
36702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36704 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36711 \begin_layout Subsection
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 Selects the whole document.
36719 \begin_layout Subsection
36723 \begin_layout Standard
36724 Described in section
36725 \begin_inset space ~
36729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36731 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36738 \begin_layout Subsection
36739 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36743 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36747 \begin_layout Subsection
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36752 Described in section
36753 \begin_inset space ~
36757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36759 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36766 \begin_layout Subsection
36768 \begin_inset Index idx
36771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36772 Paragraph ! Settings
36780 \begin_layout Standard
36781 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36782 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36786 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36787 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36795 \begin_inset space ~
36803 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 Table Settings and Math
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36810 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36811 The properties of tables are described in section
36812 \begin_inset space ~
36816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36818 reference "sec:Tables"
36822 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36823 \begin_inset space ~
36827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36829 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36836 \begin_layout Subsection
36837 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36840 \begin_layout Standard
36841 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36842 that can be nested.
36843 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36844 \begin_inset space ~
36848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36850 reference "sec:Nesting"
36855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36857 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36864 \begin_layout Section
36866 \begin_inset Index idx
36869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36883 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36884 document with an external program.
36885 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36886 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36887 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36888 \begin_inset space ~
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "sub:Export"
36899 You should at least see the menu entries
36906 \begin_inset space ~
36912 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36913 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36914 \begin_inset space ~
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36920 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36925 \begin_inset Index idx
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 Reconfiguration of LyX
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36938 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36939 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36940 \begin_inset space ~
36944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36946 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36951 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36954 \begin_layout Standard
36955 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36958 At the bottom of the
36962 menu the opened documents are listed.
36965 \begin_layout Subsection
36966 Open/Close all Insets
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36973 \begin_layout Subsection
36974 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36977 \begin_layout Standard
36978 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36981 \begin_layout Standard
36982 Math macros are described in the
36989 \begin_layout Subsection
36993 \begin_layout Standard
36994 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36996 \begin_inset space ~
37000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37002 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37007 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37011 \begin_layout Subsection
37013 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37019 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37020 Opens a window showing console messages.
37021 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37025 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37026 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37029 \begin_layout Subsection
37031 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37035 \begin_layout Standard
37037 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37038 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37039 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37040 \begin_inset space ~
37044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37046 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37050 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37051 \begin_inset space ~
37055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37057 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37061 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37064 \begin_layout Subsection
37066 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37067 View (Other Formats)
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37072 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37073 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37078 \begin_layout Subsection
37082 \begin_layout Standard
37083 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37084 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37085 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37087 without opening a new view
37088 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37092 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37096 \begin_layout Subsection
37098 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37099 Update (Other Formats)
37102 \begin_layout Standard
37104 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37105 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37106 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37109 \begin_layout Subsection
37111 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37112 View Master Document
37115 \begin_layout Standard
37117 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37118 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37135 manual for more information on this topic).
37136 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37137 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37142 generates the output of the whole book, while
37146 will just output the chapter alone.
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37151 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37152 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37153 in the preferences (see sec.
37154 \begin_inset space ~
37158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37160 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37164 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37165 \begin_inset space ~
37169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37171 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37178 \begin_layout Subsection
37180 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37181 Update Master Document
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37186 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37187 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37204 manual for more information on this topic).
37205 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37206 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37211 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37212 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37213 in the preferences (see sec.
37214 \begin_inset space ~
37218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37220 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37224 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37225 \begin_inset space ~
37229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37231 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37238 \begin_layout Subsection
37242 \begin_layout Standard
37243 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37244 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37245 view the same document, but at different positions.
37246 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37247 or more documents at the same time.
37248 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37255 \begin_layout Subsection
37259 \begin_layout Standard
37260 Closes a split view.
37263 \begin_layout Subsection
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37269 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37270 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37271 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37272 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37275 \begin_layout Subsection
37277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37279 name "sub:Toolbars"
37284 \begin_inset Index idx
37287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 \begin_layout Standard
37297 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37298 All toolbars and the
37301 \begin_inset space ~
37306 can be turned on and off.
37311 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37323 \begin_inset space ~
37332 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37336 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37343 \begin_layout Standard
37348 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37352 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37353 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37354 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37355 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37356 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37359 \begin_layout Standard
37360 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37361 \begin_inset space ~
37365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37367 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37374 \begin_layout Section
37376 \begin_inset Index idx
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37393 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37394 \begin_inset space ~
37398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37400 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37411 \begin_layout Subsection
37413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37415 name "sub:Special-Character"
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 Here you can insert the following characters:
37426 \begin_layout Description
37427 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37428 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37429 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37430 \begin_inset Newline newline
37434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 Not all characters will be visible in the
37446 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37454 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37458 ) can display every character.
37466 \begin_layout Description
37467 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37471 \begin_layout Description
37473 \begin_inset space ~
37477 \begin_inset space ~
37480 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37481 \begin_inset space ~
37485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37487 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37494 \begin_layout Description
37496 \begin_inset space ~
37499 Quote Inserts this quote:
37500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37503 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37515 \begin_layout Description
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37520 Quote Inserts this quote:
37521 \begin_inset Quotes els
37527 \begin_layout Description
37529 \begin_inset space ~
37532 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37536 \begin_layout Description
37538 \begin_inset space ~
37541 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37545 \begin_layout Description
37547 \begin_inset space ~
37550 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37554 \begin_layout Description
37556 \begin_inset space ~
37560 \begin_inset Index idx
37563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Index idx
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37579 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37580 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37581 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37586 \begin_inset Index idx
37589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37596 \begin_inset Newline newline
37599 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37611 and this Wiki-page:
37612 \begin_inset Newline newline
37616 \begin_inset Flex URL
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37629 \begin_layout Subsection
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37637 \begin_layout Description
37638 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37639 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37645 \begin_layout Description
37646 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37647 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37653 \begin_layout Description
37655 \begin_inset space ~
37658 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37659 \begin_inset space ~
37663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37665 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37672 \begin_layout Description
37674 \begin_inset space ~
37677 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37678 \begin_inset space ~
37682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37684 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37691 \begin_layout Description
37693 \begin_inset space ~
37696 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37697 \begin_inset space ~
37701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37703 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37710 \begin_layout Description
37712 \begin_inset space ~
37715 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37716 \begin_inset space ~
37720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37722 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37729 \begin_layout Description
37731 \begin_inset space ~
37734 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37735 \begin_inset space ~
37739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37741 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37748 \begin_layout Description
37750 \begin_inset space ~
37753 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37754 \begin_inset space ~
37758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37760 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37767 \begin_layout Description
37769 \begin_inset space ~
37772 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37773 \begin_inset space ~
37777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37779 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37786 \begin_layout Description
37788 \begin_inset space ~
37791 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37792 \begin_inset space ~
37796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37798 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37805 \begin_layout Description
37807 \begin_inset space ~
37811 \begin_inset space ~
37814 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37815 \begin_inset space ~
37819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37821 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37828 \begin_layout Description
37830 \begin_inset space ~
37833 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37834 text line to the page border, see section
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37841 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37848 \begin_layout Description
37850 \begin_inset space ~
37853 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37854 \begin_inset space ~
37858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37860 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37867 \begin_layout Description
37869 \begin_inset space ~
37872 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37873 text page to the page border, described in section
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37880 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37887 \begin_layout Description
37889 \begin_inset space ~
37892 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37893 \begin_inset space ~
37897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37899 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37906 \begin_layout Description
37908 \begin_inset space ~
37912 \begin_inset space ~
37915 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37916 \begin_inset space ~
37920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37922 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37929 \begin_layout Subsection
37933 \begin_layout Standard
37934 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
37935 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37943 reference "sec:toc"
37948 The index list is described in section
37949 \begin_inset space ~
37953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37955 reference "sec:Index"
37959 , the nomenclature in section
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37966 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37970 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
37971 \begin_inset space ~
37975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37977 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37984 \begin_layout Subsection
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37989 To insert floats, described in section
37990 \begin_inset space ~
37994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37996 reference "sec:Floats"
38003 \begin_layout Subsection
38007 \begin_layout Standard
38008 To insert notes, described in section
38009 \begin_inset space ~
38013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38015 reference "sec:Notes"
38022 \begin_layout Subsection
38026 \begin_layout Standard
38027 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38028 \begin_inset space ~
38032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38034 reference "sec:Branches"
38041 \begin_layout Subsection
38045 \begin_layout Standard
38046 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38047 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38049 An example is the document class
38050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38057 with three custom insets.
38060 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38066 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38069 \begin_layout Subsection
38071 \begin_inset Index idx
38074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 \begin_layout Standard
38084 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38085 files in your document.
38086 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38097 \begin_layout Subsection
38099 \begin_inset Index idx
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 \begin_layout Standard
38112 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38119 reference "sec:Minipages"
38124 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38135 \begin_layout Subsection
38139 \begin_layout Standard
38140 Inserts a citation as described in section
38141 \begin_inset space ~
38145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38147 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38154 \begin_layout Subsection
38158 \begin_layout Standard
38159 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38160 \begin_inset space ~
38164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38166 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38173 \begin_layout Subsection
38177 \begin_layout Standard
38178 Inserts a label as described in section
38179 \begin_inset space ~
38183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38185 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38192 \begin_layout Subsection
38194 \begin_inset Index idx
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 \begin_inset Index idx
38207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 Longtables ! Caption
38216 \begin_layout Standard
38217 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38218 Floats are described in section
38219 \begin_inset space ~
38223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38225 reference "sec:Floats"
38229 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38240 \begin_layout Subsection
38244 \begin_layout Standard
38245 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38252 reference "sec:Index"
38259 \begin_layout Subsection
38263 \begin_layout Standard
38264 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38265 \begin_inset space ~
38269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38271 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38278 \begin_layout Subsection
38282 \begin_layout Standard
38284 Tables are described in section
38285 \begin_inset space ~
38289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38291 reference "sec:Tables"
38298 \begin_layout Subsection
38302 \begin_layout Standard
38304 Graphics are described in section
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38311 reference "sec:Graphics"
38318 \begin_layout Subsection
38322 \begin_layout Standard
38323 Inserts an URL as described in section
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38330 reference "sub:URLs"
38337 \begin_layout Subsection
38341 \begin_layout Standard
38342 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38343 \begin_inset space ~
38347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38349 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38356 \begin_layout Subsection
38360 \begin_layout Standard
38361 Inserts a footnote, see section
38362 \begin_inset space ~
38366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38368 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38375 \begin_layout Subsection
38379 \begin_layout Standard
38380 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38387 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38394 \begin_layout Subsection
38398 \begin_layout Standard
38399 Inserts a short title, see section
38400 \begin_inset space ~
38404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38406 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38413 \begin_layout Subsection
38417 \begin_layout Standard
38418 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38425 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38432 \begin_layout Subsection
38434 \begin_inset Index idx
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 \begin_layout Standard
38447 Inserts a program listings box.
38448 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38450 Program Code Listings
38459 \begin_layout Subsection
38463 \begin_layout Standard
38464 Inserts the actual date.
38465 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38467 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38479 \begin_layout Section
38481 \begin_inset Index idx
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_layout Standard
38494 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38495 \begin_inset space ~
38498 of the current document.
38499 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38502 \begin_layout Subsection
38506 \begin_layout Standard
38507 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38508 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38514 \begin_inset space \space{}
38518 \begin_inset space ~
38522 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38523 \begin_inset space ~
38526 2.5 and use the menu
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38533 \begin_inset space ~
38540 \begin_inset space ~
38546 \begin_inset space ~
38550 \begin_inset space ~
38556 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38560 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38566 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38572 \begin_layout Standard
38573 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38574 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38577 \begin_layout Subsection
38578 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38581 \begin_layout Standard
38582 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38586 \begin_layout Subsection
38590 \begin_layout Standard
38591 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38592 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38593 on a cross-reference box.
38596 \begin_layout Section
38598 \begin_inset Index idx
38601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 \begin_layout Subsection
38614 \begin_layout Standard
38615 Change Tracking is described in section
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38622 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38629 \begin_layout Subsection
38634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38645 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38647 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38650 \begin_layout Standard
38651 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38656 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38659 \begin_layout Subsection
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38665 \begin_inset space ~
38669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38671 reference "sec:Navigating"
38676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38678 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38685 \begin_layout Subsection
38686 Start Appendix Here
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38691 position as described in section
38692 \begin_inset space ~
38696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38698 reference "sec:Appendices"
38705 \begin_layout Subsection
38709 \begin_layout Standard
38710 Un/compresses the current document.
38713 \begin_layout Subsection
38717 \begin_layout Standard
38718 The document settings are described in appendix
38719 \begin_inset space ~
38723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38725 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38732 \begin_layout Section
38734 \begin_inset Index idx
38737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38746 \begin_layout Subsection
38750 \begin_layout Standard
38751 Spell checking is explained in section
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38758 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38765 \begin_layout Subsection
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 The thesaurus is described in section
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38777 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38784 \begin_layout Subsection
38786 \begin_inset Index idx
38789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38796 \begin_inset Index idx
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38808 \begin_layout Standard
38809 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38810 highlighted document part.
38813 \begin_layout Subsection
38815 \begin_inset Index idx
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 \begin_layout Standard
38828 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38831 \begin_layout Subsection
38833 \begin_inset Index idx
38836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38837 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38848 Reconfiguration of LyX
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_inset Index idx
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38869 Reconfiguration of LyX
38877 \begin_layout Standard
38878 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38879 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38880 \begin_inset space ~
38884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38886 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38893 \begin_layout Subsection
38897 \begin_layout Standard
38898 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38905 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38912 \begin_layout Section
38914 \begin_inset Index idx
38917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38926 \begin_layout Standard
38927 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38931 \begin_layout Standard
38935 \begin_inset space ~
38940 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38941 found by LyX (see also section
38942 \begin_inset space ~
38946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38948 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38955 \begin_layout Section
38957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38959 name "sec:Toolbars"
38966 \begin_layout Standard
38967 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38974 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38983 This is described in the
38985 Additional Features
38990 \begin_layout Subsection
38992 \begin_inset Index idx
38995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39004 \begin_layout Standard
39005 \begin_inset Graphics
39006 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39039 \begin_inset Note Note
39042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39043 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39048 manual for more information.
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 \begin_inset Tabular
39065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39066 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 \begin_inset Graphics
39075 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39102 \begin_layout Standard
39103 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39111 \begin_inset Tabular
39112 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39113 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39114 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39115 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39169 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39215 arg "dialog-show print"
39223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39245 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39379 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39425 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39439 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39463 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39478 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39508 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39510 \begin_inset space ~
39521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39542 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39544 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39566 arg "textstyle-apply"
39574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 Formats text using the current settings in the
39580 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39582 \begin_inset space ~
39593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39617 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39637 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
39645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 \begin_inset Graphics
39664 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39666 groupId toolbarbuttons
39675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
39705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39709 Toggle outline window on/off,
39711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39727 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
39735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39739 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39754 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39779 \begin_layout Subsection
39781 \begin_inset Index idx
39784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39793 \begin_layout Standard
39794 \begin_inset Graphics
39795 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39803 \begin_layout Standard
39804 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39810 \begin_layout Standard
39811 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39815 \begin_layout Standard
39816 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39822 \begin_layout Standard
39823 \begin_inset Tabular
39824 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39825 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39826 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39827 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39864 arg "layout Enumerate"
39872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39891 arg "layout Itemize"
39899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 arg "layout Description"
39953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 arg "depth-increment"
39980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39988 \begin_inset space ~
39992 \begin_inset space ~
40001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40010 arg "depth-decrement"
40018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40024 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40030 \begin_inset space ~
40039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40048 arg "float-insert figure"
40056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40063 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40079 arg "float-insert table"
40087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40094 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40140 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40170 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40234 arg "nomencl-insert"
40242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40268 arg "footnote-insert"
40276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40298 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40347 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40367 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40472 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40487 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40518 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 arg "dialog-show character"
40546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40552 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40554 \begin_inset space ~
40563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40572 arg "layout-paragraph"
40580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40588 \begin_inset space ~
40597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40606 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40634 \begin_layout Subsection
40635 View / Update Toolbar
40636 \begin_inset Index idx
40639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40640 Toolbar ! View / Update
40646 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
40650 \begin_layout Standard
40651 \begin_inset Graphics
40652 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40659 \begin_layout Standard
40660 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40666 \begin_layout Standard
40667 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40671 \begin_layout Standard
40672 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40678 \begin_layout Standard
40679 \begin_inset Tabular
40680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
40681 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40682 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40683 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40709 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
40711 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
40720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 arg "buffer-update"
40737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40745 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
40746 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 arg "master-buffer-view"
40772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40780 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
40782 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
40791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40800 arg "master-buffer-update"
40808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40816 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
40817 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40819 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
40828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
40845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40850 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
40854 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
40857 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40859 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
40861 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
40862 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40863 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40864 Synchronize with Output
40872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
40879 \begin_inset Graphics
40880 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/view-others.png
40882 groupId toolbarbuttons
40889 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
40893 arg "buffer-update ps"
40903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40910 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
40911 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40913 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
40914 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40915 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40917 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
40918 View (Other Formats)
40926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
40933 \begin_inset Graphics
40934 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/update-others.png
40936 groupId toolbarbuttons
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40950 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
40953 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40954 Update (Other Formats)
40965 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
40969 \begin_layout Standard
40971 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
40972 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
40978 \begin_layout Subsection
40982 \begin_layout Standard
40983 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40984 \begin_inset space ~
40988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40990 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40994 , the table toolbar
40995 \begin_inset Index idx
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 manual, the math macro toolbar
41009 \begin_inset Index idx
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41025 \begin_layout Chapter
41026 The Document Settings
41027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41029 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41034 \begin_inset Index idx
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 Document ! Settings
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41048 whole document and is called with the menu
41050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41054 You can save your document settings as default with th
41056 e Save as Document Defaults
41058 button in the dialog.
41059 This will create a template named
41063 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41067 \begin_layout Standard
41068 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41071 \begin_layout Section
41075 \begin_layout Standard
41076 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41078 Document classes are described in section
41079 \begin_inset space ~
41083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41085 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41090 Some classes use some class options by default.
41091 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41095 and you can decide to use them or not.
41096 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41097 recommended not to touch them.
41098 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41104 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41105 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41111 When you want one of the following drivers
41112 \begin_inset Newline newline
41115 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41116 \begin_inset Newline newline
41119 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41126 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41138 \begin_layout Standard
41139 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41140 child or subdocument.
41141 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41142 without its master.
41143 This way child documents are always compilable.
41144 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41155 \begin_layout Section
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41161 Please refer to the section
41169 manual for details.
41172 \begin_layout Section
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 Modules are explained in section
41178 \begin_inset space ~
41182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41184 reference "sub:Modules"
41191 \begin_layout Section
41195 \begin_layout Standard
41196 The document font settings are described in section
41197 \begin_inset space ~
41201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41203 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41210 \begin_layout Section
41214 \begin_layout Standard
41215 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41217 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41221 \begin_layout Standard
41222 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41223 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41224 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41228 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41236 \begin_layout Section
41240 \begin_layout Standard
41241 A description of this menu is given in section
41242 \begin_inset space ~
41246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41248 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41255 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41262 \begin_layout Section
41266 \begin_layout Standard
41267 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41274 reference "sub:Margins"
41281 \begin_layout Section
41283 \begin_inset Index idx
41286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 Language ! Encoding
41295 \begin_layout Standard
41296 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41297 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41298 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41299 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41300 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41301 known for a particular character).
41305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41306 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41307 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41312 manual for details.
41320 \begin_layout Standard
41321 If you use the option
41325 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41326 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41327 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41328 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41329 exactly one encoding.
41330 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41333 \begin_layout Standard
41334 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41335 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41336 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41337 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41338 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41339 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41344 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41345 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41346 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41347 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41348 engines to standard LaTeX.
41349 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41350 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41353 \begin_inset space ~
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 \begin_inset space ~
41379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 \begin_inset space ~
41397 \begin_inset space ~
41401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41403 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41407 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41410 \begin_layout Standard
41411 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41414 \begin_layout Description
41416 \begin_inset space ~
41420 \begin_inset space ~
41424 \begin_inset space ~
41431 , but the LaTeX-package
41436 \begin_inset Index idx
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41446 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41447 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41448 languages in TeX code.
41451 \begin_layout Description
41452 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41453 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41454 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41457 \begin_layout Description
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41463 \begin_inset space ~
41466 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41469 \begin_layout Description
41471 \begin_inset space ~
41475 \begin_inset space ~
41478 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41481 \begin_layout Description
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41486 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41489 \begin_layout Description
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41495 \begin_inset space ~
41498 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41499 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41502 \begin_layout Description
41504 \begin_inset space ~
41508 \begin_inset space ~
41511 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41515 \begin_layout Description
41517 \begin_inset space ~
41521 \begin_inset space ~
41524 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41525 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41528 \begin_layout Description
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41534 \begin_inset space ~
41538 \begin_inset space ~
41541 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41542 \begin_inset space ~
41548 \begin_layout Description
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41554 \begin_inset space ~
41558 \begin_inset space ~
41561 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41562 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41565 \begin_layout Description
41567 \begin_inset space ~
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41574 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41575 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41576 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41577 \begin_inset space ~
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41587 \begin_layout Description
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41596 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41597 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41598 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41599 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41600 \begin_inset space ~
41604 \begin_inset space ~
41610 \begin_layout Description
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41616 \begin_inset space ~
41619 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41622 \begin_layout Description
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41631 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41634 \begin_layout Description
41636 \begin_inset space ~
41640 \begin_inset space ~
41643 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41646 \begin_layout Description
41648 \begin_inset space ~
41651 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41654 \begin_layout Description
41656 \begin_inset space ~
41659 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41662 \begin_layout Description
41664 \begin_inset space ~
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41671 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41674 \begin_layout Description
41676 \begin_inset space ~
41680 \begin_inset space ~
41686 \begin_layout Description
41688 \begin_inset space ~
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41695 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41698 \begin_layout Description
41700 \begin_inset space ~
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41710 \begin_layout Description
41712 \begin_inset space ~
41716 \begin_inset space ~
41719 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41724 \begin_inset Index idx
41727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41733 , when using this, set the document language to
41738 \begin_layout Description
41740 \begin_inset space ~
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41747 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41751 , when using this, set the document language to
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_layout Description
41762 \begin_inset space ~
41766 \begin_inset space ~
41769 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41774 \begin_inset Index idx
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41778 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41783 , when using this, set the document language to
41788 \begin_layout Description
41790 \begin_inset space ~
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41797 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41801 , when using this, set the document language to
41806 \begin_layout Description
41808 \begin_inset space ~
41812 \begin_inset space ~
41815 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41819 , when using this, set the document language to
41824 \begin_layout Description
41826 \begin_inset space ~
41829 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41832 \begin_layout Description
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41838 \begin_inset space ~
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41845 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41848 \begin_layout Description
41850 \begin_inset space ~
41854 \begin_inset space ~
41858 \begin_inset space ~
41861 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41862 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41863 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41866 \begin_layout Description
41868 \begin_inset space ~
41872 \begin_inset space ~
41878 \begin_layout Description
41880 \begin_inset space ~
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41887 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41888 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41891 \begin_layout Description
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41897 \begin_inset space ~
41900 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41905 \begin_inset Index idx
41908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41914 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41917 \begin_layout Description
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41926 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
41934 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
41939 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
41941 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
41944 \begin_layout Description
41946 \begin_inset space ~
41950 \begin_inset space ~
41953 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41958 \begin_inset Index idx
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
41967 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
41970 \begin_layout Description
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41975 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41980 \begin_inset Index idx
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41990 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41994 \begin_layout Description
41996 \begin_inset space ~
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_inset space ~
42007 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42008 \begin_inset space ~
42014 \begin_layout Description
42016 \begin_inset space ~
42020 \begin_inset space ~
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42027 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42028 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42029 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42033 \begin_layout Description
42035 \begin_inset space ~
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42046 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42047 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42048 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42052 \begin_layout Standard
42054 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42055 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42059 LatexCommand formatted
42060 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42064 for more information on the language package.
42069 \begin_layout Section
42073 \begin_layout Standard
42074 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42075 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42082 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42089 \begin_layout Section
42093 \begin_layout Standard
42094 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42099 \begin_inset Index idx
42102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42113 \begin_inset Index idx
42116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42122 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42127 \begin_inset Index idx
42130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42136 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42138 For a further description see section
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42145 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42152 \begin_layout Section
42156 \begin_layout Standard
42157 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42158 and you can define additional indexes.
42159 Please refer to section
42160 \begin_inset space ~
42164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42166 reference "sec:Index"
42173 \begin_layout Section
42177 \begin_layout Standard
42178 The PDF properties are explained in section
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42185 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42192 \begin_layout Section
42196 \begin_layout Standard
42197 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42202 \begin_inset Index idx
42205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42216 \begin_inset Index idx
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42225 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42228 \begin_layout Standard
42233 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42234 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42237 \begin_layout Standard
42242 is used for special integral characters.
42245 \begin_layout Section
42249 \begin_layout Standard
42250 The float placement options are described in section
42251 \begin_inset space ~
42255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42257 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42264 \begin_layout Section
42268 \begin_layout Standard
42269 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42270 The itemize environment is described in section
42271 \begin_inset space ~
42275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42277 reference "sec:Itemize"
42284 \begin_layout Section
42288 \begin_layout Standard
42289 Branches are described in section
42290 \begin_inset space ~
42294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42296 reference "sec:Branches"
42301 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42305 \begin_layout Section
42307 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42311 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42318 \begin_layout Standard
42320 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42321 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42324 \begin_layout Description
42326 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42328 \begin_inset space ~
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42335 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42355 View Master Document
42356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42363 Update Master Document
42364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42371 menu or the toolbar.
42372 The default is set in
42374 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42375 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42380 LatexCommand formatted
42381 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42388 \begin_layout Description
42390 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42392 \begin_inset space ~
42396 \begin_inset space ~
42400 \begin_inset Note Note
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
42416 \begin_layout Description
42418 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
42420 \begin_inset space ~
42424 \begin_inset space ~
42428 \begin_inset Note Note
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42433 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
42446 \begin_layout Section
42451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42461 \begin_layout Standard
42462 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42463 to define LaTeX-commands.
42464 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42465 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42469 \begin_layout Standard
42470 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42471 \begin_inset space ~
42475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42477 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42484 \begin_layout Chapter
42490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42492 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42497 \begin_inset Index idx
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 \begin_layout Standard
42510 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42512 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42516 It has the following submenus.
42519 \begin_layout Section
42523 \begin_layout Subsection
42527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42528 User Interface File
42529 \begin_inset Index idx
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 Customization ! of toolbars
42539 \begin_inset Index idx
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 Customization ! of menus
42551 \begin_layout Standard
42552 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42569 \begin_layout Standard
42570 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42571 interface (ui) file.
42572 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42573 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42582 Both files are loaded by the
42587 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42588 files and edit the entries.
42591 \begin_layout Standard
42592 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42604 entries must be ended with an explicit
42629 and in the case of the
42630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42642 The syntax for the entries is:
42645 \begin_layout Standard
42646 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42674 \begin_layout Standard
42676 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42679 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42681 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42691 \begin_layout Standard
42692 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42698 \begin_layout Standard
42699 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42701 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42704 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42708 \begin_layout Standard
42709 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42733 \begin_layout Standard
42735 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42738 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42745 \begin_layout Standard
42748 Enable tool tips in main work area
42750 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42758 \begin_layout Standard
42762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42769 restoring of window layout and geometries
42771 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42772 in the last LyX session.
42775 \begin_layout Standard
42778 Restore cursor positions
42780 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42784 \begin_layout Standard
42787 Load opened files from last session
42789 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42796 name "sub:Backup documents"
42801 \begin_inset Index idx
42804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42813 \begin_layout Standard
42818 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42826 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42829 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42831 \begin_inset space ~
42839 \begin_layout Standard
42842 Open documents in tabs
42844 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42848 \begin_layout Subsection
42850 \begin_inset Index idx
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42862 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42869 \begin_layout Standard
42870 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42873 \begin_layout Standard
42874 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42882 This section only deals with the fonts
42887 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42891 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42903 By default, LyX uses
42907 as roman (serif) font,
42915 (depends on the system) as
42918 \begin_inset space ~
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 You can change the font size with the
42940 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42941 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42944 \begin_layout Standard
42949 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
42950 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42955 points have the size of 1
42956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42960 \begin_inset space ~
42964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42966 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42973 \begin_layout Standard
42978 are the same as if a document font size of 10
42979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42983 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42984 \begin_inset space ~
42988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42990 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42997 \begin_layout Standard
43000 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43002 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43003 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43004 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43005 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43007 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43008 \begin_inset space ~
43014 \begin_layout Subsection
43016 \begin_inset Index idx
43019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 \begin_inset Index idx
43029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 \begin_layout Standard
43039 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43040 Choose an item in the list and use the
43047 \begin_layout Subsection
43049 \begin_inset Index idx
43052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 \begin_layout Standard
43062 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43065 \begin_layout Standard
43070 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43071 This feature is described in section
43072 \begin_inset space ~
43076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43078 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43085 \begin_layout Standard
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43093 \begin_inset space ~
43097 \begin_inset space ~
43102 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43105 \begin_layout Section
43107 \begin_inset Index idx
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43119 \begin_layout Subsection
43123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43127 \begin_layout Standard
43130 Cursor follows scrollbar
43132 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43136 \begin_layout Standard
43139 Sort environments alphabetically
43141 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43144 \begin_layout Standard
43147 Group environments by their category
43149 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43152 \begin_layout Standard
43153 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43165 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43170 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43175 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43176 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43180 \begin_layout Subsection
43182 \begin_inset Index idx
43185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43192 \begin_inset Index idx
43195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43196 Settings ! Shortcuts
43204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43209 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43210 Several binding files are available:
43213 \begin_layout Description
43214 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43217 \begin_layout Description
43218 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43229 \begin_layout Description
43230 mac.bind set of bindings for
43233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43241 \begin_layout Standard
43242 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43246 , and bind files for special languages.
43247 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43252 \begin_inset space \space{}
43256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43264 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43268 \begin_layout Standard
43269 Some bind-files, like
43273 , have only a small scope.
43274 When looking at the end of the file
43278 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43285 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43290 \begin_inset Index idx
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 Key Bindings ! Editing
43302 \begin_layout Standard
43303 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43304 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43305 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43308 Show key-bindings containing
43311 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43312 Insert there for example as keyword
43313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43320 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43330 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43331 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43335 that you will find in the
43342 \begin_layout Standard
43344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43348 \begin_inset space \space{}
43359 , select the function and press the
43364 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43365 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43366 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43367 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43368 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43370 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43372 The binding for the function
43376 is an example of this.
43379 \begin_layout Standard
43380 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43382 The syntax of the entries is:
43385 \begin_layout Standard
43391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43409 \begin_layout Subsection
43411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43413 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43418 \begin_inset Index idx
43421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43428 \begin_inset Index idx
43431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43432 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43440 \begin_layout Standard
43441 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43442 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43448 \begin_inset space \space{}
43451 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43452 can use the keyboard map file named
43459 \begin_layout Standard
43460 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43468 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43476 \begin_layout Standard
43477 Besides this, you can specify here the
43479 Wheel scrolling speed
43482 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43486 \begin_layout Subsection
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43490 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43495 \begin_inset Index idx
43498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43507 \begin_layout Standard
43508 Input completion is described in sec.
43509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43515 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43520 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43522 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43523 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43527 \begin_layout Section
43529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43536 \begin_inset Index idx
43539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43546 \begin_inset Index idx
43549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43558 \begin_layout Description
43560 \begin_inset space ~
43563 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43564 It is the default when you
43575 \begin_inset space ~
43583 \begin_layout Description
43585 \begin_inset space ~
43588 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43590 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43592 \begin_inset space ~
43596 \begin_inset space ~
43604 \begin_layout Description
43606 \begin_inset space ~
43609 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43615 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43619 \begin_inset Newline newline
43623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43643 \begin_layout Description
43645 \begin_inset space ~
43649 \begin_inset Index idx
43652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43658 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43659 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43660 \begin_inset space ~
43664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43666 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43674 will be used to save the backups.
43675 \begin_inset Newline newline
43678 The backup files have the ending
43679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43689 \begin_layout Description
43694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43701 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43702 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43703 \begin_inset Newline newline
43707 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43715 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43723 \begin_layout Description
43725 \begin_inset space ~
43728 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43731 \begin_layout Description
43733 \begin_inset space ~
43736 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43737 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43738 to find it on the system.
43739 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43740 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43749 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43750 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43754 \begin_layout Section
43758 \begin_layout Standard
43759 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43760 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43762 \begin_inset space ~
43766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43768 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43772 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43775 \begin_layout Section
43777 \begin_inset Index idx
43780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43781 Language ! Settings
43787 \begin_inset Index idx
43790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43791 Settings ! Language
43799 \begin_layout Subsection
43801 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
43803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43805 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
43814 \begin_layout Description
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43823 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43824 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43825 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43826 You find the actual translation status here:
43827 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43829 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43830 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43837 \begin_layout Description
43839 \begin_inset space ~
43842 language is the language used in new documents
43845 \begin_layout Description
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
43853 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
43855 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
43856 LaTeX-command to load a
43857 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
43861 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
43863 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
43867 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
43869 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
43870 should be loaded to
43873 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
43877 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
43879 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
43880 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
43881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43900 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
43901 default is the LaTeX-command
43908 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43909 most widespread language
43912 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43918 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
43921 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
43922 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
43923 with an alternative language package (
43927 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
43928 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
43930 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
43935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43936 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43943 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43955 \begin_inset Newline newline
43959 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
43960 The available selections are:
43964 \begin_layout Itemize
43967 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
43976 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
43980 \begin_layout Itemize
43983 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
43988 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
43989 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
43990 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
43993 \begin_layout Itemize
43996 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44001 Lets you load some other language package (via
44014 \begin_layout Itemize
44017 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44022 Loads no language package at all
44023 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44028 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44029 to the document language.
44030 A text label is, for instance, the word
44031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44038 at the beginning of every table caption.
44044 \begin_layout Description
44046 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44052 \begin_inset space ~
44055 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44059 \begin_layout Description
44061 \begin_inset space ~
44064 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44065 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44066 An example is the start command
44072 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44077 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44092 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44097 \begin_layout Description
44099 \begin_inset space ~
44107 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44108 command toggles the package on and off.
44111 \begin_layout Description
44113 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44115 \begin_inset space ~
44127 \begin_layout Description
44129 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44131 \begin_inset space ~
44135 \begin_inset space ~
44139 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44141 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44145 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44148 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44149 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44151 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44158 \begin_layout Description
44160 \begin_inset space ~
44163 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44165 When this option is not set, the
44168 \begin_inset space ~
44173 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44174 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44177 \begin_inset space ~
44185 \begin_layout Description
44187 \begin_inset space ~
44193 \begin_inset space ~
44199 When it is not set, the
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44207 is set to the end of the document.
44210 \begin_layout Description
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44219 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44220 language will be underlined blue.
44223 \begin_layout Description
44225 \begin_inset space ~
44229 \begin_inset space ~
44232 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44233 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44236 \begin_layout Description
44238 \begin_inset space ~
44241 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44242 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44243 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44244 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44247 \begin_layout Subsection
44251 \begin_layout Standard
44252 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44259 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44266 \begin_layout Section
44270 \begin_layout Subsection
44272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44279 \begin_inset Index idx
44282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44289 \begin_inset Index idx
44292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44301 \begin_layout Description
44303 \begin_inset space ~
44306 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44307 The name will be used when the
44312 \begin_inset Newline newline
44316 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44324 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44332 \begin_layout Description
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44338 \begin_inset space ~
44342 \begin_inset space ~
44345 printer This option works only for the
44350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44362 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44363 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44366 \begin_layout Description
44368 \begin_inset space ~
44371 command is the command LyX
44372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44379 LaTeX uses for printing.
44380 The default is on most systems
44387 \begin_layout Description
44389 \begin_inset space ~
44393 \begin_inset space ~
44396 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44397 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44398 of the program that provides the
44405 \begin_layout Subsection
44407 \begin_inset Index idx
44410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44417 \begin_inset Index idx
44420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44421 Settings ! Date format
44429 \begin_layout Standard
44430 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44431 \begin_inset Newline newline
44435 \begin_inset Flex URL
44438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44446 \begin_inset Newline newline
44449 For example the format
44450 \begin_inset Newline newline
44454 \begin_inset Newline newline
44457 prints the date as day/month/year.
44460 \begin_layout Subsection
44464 \begin_layout Description
44466 \begin_inset space ~
44470 \begin_inset space ~
44473 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44476 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44477 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44479 \begin_inset space ~
44485 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44489 \begin_layout Description
44491 \begin_inset space ~
44494 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44499 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44500 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44503 \begin_layout Subsection
44508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44518 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44523 \begin_inset Index idx
44526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44535 \begin_layout Description
44537 \begin_inset space ~
44544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44552 \begin_inset space ~
44556 \begin_inset space ~
44559 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44564 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44586 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44599 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44600 LyX sets up in the background.
44601 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44604 \begin_layout Description
44606 \begin_inset space ~
44610 \begin_inset space ~
44613 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44618 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44621 \begin_layout Standard
44622 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44623 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44624 manuals of the applications.
44625 Currently the following commands can be set:
44628 \begin_layout Description
44633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44641 \begin_inset space ~
44644 command Command for the program
44648 that is described in the section
44654 Additional Features
44659 \begin_layout Description
44664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44672 \begin_inset space ~
44675 command Command for the program
44679 that generates the bibliography, see section
44680 \begin_inset space ~
44684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44686 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44693 \begin_layout Description
44695 \begin_inset space ~
44698 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44699 \begin_inset space ~
44703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44705 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44712 \begin_layout Description
44714 \begin_inset space ~
44717 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44718 \begin_inset space ~
44722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44724 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44731 \begin_layout Description
44733 \begin_inset space ~
44737 \begin_inset space ~
44741 \begin_inset space ~
44745 \begin_inset space ~
44748 options They only have an effect when the program
44752 is used as DVI-viewer.
44755 \begin_layout Standard
44756 There are additionally the following options:
44759 \begin_layout Description
44761 \begin_inset space ~
44765 \begin_inset space ~
44769 \begin_inset space ~
44773 \begin_inset space ~
44777 \begin_inset space ~
44780 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44798 to separate folders.
44799 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44800 \begin_inset Index idx
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44810 \begin_inset Index idx
44813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44822 \begin_layout Description
44824 \begin_inset space ~
44828 \begin_inset space ~
44832 \begin_inset space ~
44836 \begin_inset space ~
44840 \begin_inset space ~
44844 \begin_inset space ~
44847 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44852 dialog when changing the document class.
44855 \begin_layout Section
44857 \begin_inset space ~
44861 \begin_inset Index idx
44864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44873 \begin_layout Subsection
44875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44877 name "sub:Converters"
44882 \begin_inset Index idx
44885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44894 \begin_layout Standard
44895 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44896 from one format to another.
44897 You can modify them or create new ones.
44898 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44905 \begin_inset space ~
44915 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44919 \begin_inset space ~
44924 drop-down list, modify the
44928 field, and press the
44935 \begin_layout Standard
44938 Converter File Cache
44940 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44943 Maximum Age (in days
44946 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44947 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44950 \begin_layout Standard
44951 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44952 the converter definition, is described in the section
44963 \begin_layout Subsection
44965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44967 name "sec:File-Formats"
44972 \begin_inset Index idx
44975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44982 \begin_inset Index idx
44985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44994 \begin_layout Standard
44995 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44996 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44998 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45002 \begin_layout Standard
45004 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45005 Furthermore, you can define the
45006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45009 Default output format
45010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45013 that is used when you hit
45014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45033 View Master Document
45034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45041 Update Master Document
45042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45045 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45050 \begin_layout Standard
45051 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45052 is described in the section
45063 \begin_layout Standard
45064 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45065 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45066 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45067 This is done by specifying a
45072 More about this is described in the section
45083 \begin_layout Chapter
45084 Units available in LyX
45085 \begin_inset Index idx
45088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45097 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45104 \begin_layout Standard
45105 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45108 reference "cap:Units"
45112 explains all units available in LyX.
45115 \begin_layout Standard
45116 \begin_inset Float table
45122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45123 \begin_inset Caption
45125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45141 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45149 \begin_inset Tabular
45150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45151 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45304 scaled point (65536
45305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45365 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45420 % of original image width
45427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45634 \begin_layout Chapter
45636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45645 \begin_layout Standard
45646 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45647 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45650 \begin_layout Itemize
45653 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45656 \begin_layout Itemize
45662 \begin_layout Itemize
45668 \begin_layout Itemize
45674 \begin_layout Itemize
45680 \begin_layout Itemize
45686 \begin_layout Itemize
45692 \begin_layout Itemize
45698 \begin_layout Itemize
45701 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45704 \begin_layout Itemize
45710 \begin_layout Itemize
45716 \begin_layout Itemize
45722 \begin_layout Itemize
45728 \begin_layout Itemize
45734 \begin_layout Itemize
45740 \begin_layout Itemize
45746 \begin_layout Itemize
45752 \begin_layout Itemize
45754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45763 \begin_layout Standard
45764 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45767 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45774 \begin_layout Bibliography
45775 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45777 LatexCommand bibitem
45784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45787 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45792 \begin_inset Newline newline
45796 \begin_inset Flex URL
45799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45801 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45809 \begin_layout Bibliography
45810 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45812 LatexCommand bibitem
45813 key "latexcompanion"
45817 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45819 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45822 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45825 \begin_layout Bibliography
45826 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45827 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45828 LatexCommand bibitem
45833 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45836 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45839 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45842 \begin_layout Bibliography
45843 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45844 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45845 LatexCommand bibitem
45852 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45855 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45858 \begin_layout Bibliography
45859 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45860 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45861 LatexCommand bibitem
45873 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45876 \begin_layout Bibliography
45877 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45878 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45879 LatexCommand bibitem
45885 \begin_inset Newline newline
45889 \begin_inset Flex URL
45892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45894 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45902 \begin_layout Bibliography
45903 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45904 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45905 LatexCommand bibitem
45911 \begin_inset Newline newline
45915 \begin_inset Flex URL
45918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45920 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45928 \begin_layout Bibliography
45929 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45930 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45931 LatexCommand bibitem
45937 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45939 name "Documentation"
45940 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45949 \begin_inset Newline newline
45953 \begin_inset Flex URL
45956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45958 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45966 \begin_layout Bibliography
45967 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45968 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45969 LatexCommand bibitem
45975 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45977 name "Documentation"
45978 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45982 how to use the program
45987 \begin_inset Newline newline
45991 \begin_inset Flex URL
45994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45996 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46004 \begin_layout Bibliography
46005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46007 LatexCommand bibitem
46013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46015 name "Documentation"
46016 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46025 \begin_inset Newline newline
46029 \begin_inset Flex URL
46032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46034 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46042 \begin_layout Bibliography
46043 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46044 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46045 LatexCommand bibitem
46051 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46053 name "Documentation"
46054 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46063 \begin_inset Newline newline
46067 \begin_inset Flex URL
46070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46072 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46080 \begin_layout Bibliography
46081 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46083 LatexCommand bibitem
46089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46091 name "Documentation"
46092 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46096 of the LaTeX-package
46101 \begin_inset Index idx
46104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46105 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46111 \begin_inset Newline newline
46115 \begin_inset Flex URL
46118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46120 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46128 \begin_layout Bibliography
46129 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46130 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46131 LatexCommand bibitem
46137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46139 name "Documentation"
46140 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46144 of the LaTeX-package
46149 \begin_inset Index idx
46152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46159 \begin_inset Newline newline
46163 \begin_inset Flex URL
46166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46168 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46176 \begin_layout Bibliography
46177 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46179 LatexCommand bibitem
46187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46189 name "Documentation"
46190 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46196 of the LaTeX-package
46201 \begin_inset Index idx
46204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46205 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46211 \begin_inset Newline newline
46215 \begin_inset Flex URL
46218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46220 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46228 \begin_layout Bibliography
46229 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46231 LatexCommand bibitem
46237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46239 name "Documentation"
46240 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46244 of the LaTeX-package
46249 \begin_inset Index idx
46252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46253 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46259 \begin_inset Newline newline
46263 \begin_inset Flex URL
46266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46268 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46276 \begin_layout Bibliography
46277 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46278 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46279 LatexCommand bibitem
46285 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46287 name "Documentation"
46288 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46292 of the LaTeX-package
46297 \begin_inset Index idx
46300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46301 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46307 \begin_inset Newline newline
46311 \begin_inset Flex URL
46314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46316 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46324 \begin_layout Bibliography
46325 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46326 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46327 LatexCommand bibitem
46333 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46335 name "Documentation"
46336 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46340 of the LaTeX-package
46345 \begin_inset Index idx
46348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46349 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46355 \begin_inset Newline newline
46359 \begin_inset Flex URL
46362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46364 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46372 \begin_layout Bibliography
46373 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46374 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46375 LatexCommand bibitem
46381 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46384 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46388 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46389 \begin_inset Newline newline
46393 \begin_inset Flex URL
46396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46398 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46406 \begin_layout Bibliography
46407 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46408 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46409 LatexCommand bibitem
46415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46418 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46422 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46423 \begin_inset Newline newline
46427 \begin_inset Flex URL
46430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46432 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46440 \begin_layout Bibliography
46441 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46443 LatexCommand bibitem
46449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46452 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46456 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46457 \begin_inset Newline newline
46461 \begin_inset Flex URL
46464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46466 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46474 \begin_layout Bibliography
46475 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46476 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46477 LatexCommand bibitem
46483 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46486 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46490 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46491 \begin_inset Newline newline
46495 \begin_inset Flex URL
46498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46500 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46508 \begin_layout Bibliography
46509 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46510 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46511 LatexCommand bibitem
46517 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46520 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46524 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46525 \begin_inset Newline newline
46529 \begin_inset Flex URL
46532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46534 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46542 \begin_layout Bibliography
46543 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46544 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46545 LatexCommand bibitem
46551 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46554 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46558 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46559 \begin_inset Newline newline
46563 \begin_inset Flex URL
46566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46568 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46576 \begin_layout Bibliography
46577 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46578 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46579 LatexCommand bibitem
46585 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46588 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46592 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46593 \begin_inset Newline newline
46597 \begin_inset Flex URL
46600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46602 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46610 \begin_layout Bibliography
46611 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46613 LatexCommand bibitem
46619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46622 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46626 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46627 \begin_inset Newline newline
46631 \begin_inset Flex URL
46634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46636 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46644 \begin_layout Bibliography
46645 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46647 LatexCommand bibitem
46653 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46656 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46660 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46661 \begin_inset Newline newline
46665 \begin_inset Flex URL
46668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46670 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46678 \begin_layout Bibliography
46679 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46680 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46681 LatexCommand bibitem
46687 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46690 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46694 about new features in
46699 \begin_inset Newline newline
46703 \begin_inset Flex URL
46706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46708 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46716 \begin_layout Standard
46717 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46751 \begin_inset Note Note
46754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46761 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46762 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46763 bibliography is the second one:
46771 \begin_layout Standard
46772 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46773 LatexCommand bibtex
46774 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46775 options "biblio/alphadin"
46782 \begin_layout Standard
46783 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46786 \begin_layout Standard
46787 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46788 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46794 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46795 LatexCommand printindex